All posts by Maverick John

The KNEC CBA portal (https://cba.knec.ac.ke/)

KNEC LATEST NEWS The Knec CBA portal (https://cba.knec.ac.ke/) is used to capture early year’s (Grade 1 to 6) learner details and scores. On successful log in to https://cba.knec.ac.ke/, you can Select an Assessment Portal. Another task that you can carry out in the portal is that of transferring a learner.

KNEC User Manual for Transfer of a Learner in the CBA Portal

To transfer a learner to another school, use the simplified procedure below;

Step 1: Log into the Knec CBA portal by visiting the link; https://cba.knec.ac.ke/. After login, Click on Transfer Learner tab as shown in the image below;

Step 2: Enter the Learner’s name or assessment number as shown in the figure below. As you type, the learners matching the name typed will appear.

Step 3: Click on Select if the learner to transfer is found.
NB: Make sure to check the name and current school code before selecting.

Also read; www.knec.ac.ke portals (Kenya National Examinations Council Online Portal)

Step 4: Enter the School Code to transfer to here. Ensure that the code entered
belongs to a school in your sub county.

Step 5: Once the school appears, click on Select to select the destination school;

Step 6: Click on Transfer This Learner to move the learner from the current school to the destination school.

After clicking on transfer this learner, a prompt asking if you want to proceed
appears as shown below.

Step 7: Click OK to complete the transfer. The system will show this message if the transfer is successful.

ENGLISH TEACHING NOTES FREE IN PDF

ENGLISH NOTES

NOUNS

These are words that name things ,people, ideas, qualities ,state and places.

Examples:

  • People-John, Jack
  • Ideas-stone, desk, laptop
  • Qualities-bravery, kindness, greed, diligence
  • State-sickness, laziness, poverty, wealth, love.
  • Places-Nairobi, Mombasa, Kisumu

Nouns can be divided into different categories.

Types of nouns

  • Proper nouns
  • Common nouns
  • Concrete nouns
  • Abstract nouns
  • Collective nouns
  • Countable nouns
  • Uncountable nouns

 

  1. Common nouns

These are names of ordinary things. They include;

  • Boy
  • Girl
  • Locker
  • Desk
  • Water

Some common nouns have antonyms. They include:

  • shepherd-shepherdess buck-doe(goat,rabbit)
  • Bullock-heifer      wizard-witch                        )
  • Drone-bee     heir-heiress
  • Horse-mare    manager-manageress
  • jack-jennet(donkey)    tomcat-queen
  • Bachelor-spinster       jew – jewess
  • monk-nun              ram-ewe(sheep
  • cock-hen stallion-mare(horse)
  • Nephew-niece      poet-poetess

 

  1. Proper nouns

These are names given to specific people, places or things. They are always used with capital letters as follows;

  • Names of people ; Winston, Jacob, Melvin.
  • Months of the year; January, February, March.
  • Days of the week; Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday.
  • Seasons of the year; Winter, Spring, Autumn, Summer.
  • Names of countries and continents ; America, Kenya, Australia, Europe.
  • Names of regions, states and districts; Mombasa County, Nyanza , Califonia
  • Names of cities towns and villages; Naivasha, Nairobi, Kochia.
  • Geographical areas; The North, The North.

 

  1. Concrete nouns

These are nouns naming things that can be seen and touched. The refer to:

  • People-boy, girl, teacher
  • Animals- cat, elephant, cow
  • Things-table, phone, cup
  • Geographical features-mountain, rivers, valleys

 

  1. Abstract nouns

Abstract nouns are nouns naming things one cannot see or touch.

They refer to:

  • States; pain sickness, pity, poverty, wealth, success
  • Quality; honesty, greed, cruelty,
  • Ideas; education, corruption, love, hatred, justice

 

  1. Count nouns/countable nouns

These are names of things which can be counted.

They have singular and plural forms.

They can be used with articles and numerals.

  • A Pen- pens
  • A Book-books
  • Paper-papers
  • Chair-chairs
  • Flower-flowers

f)Non-count /uncountable nouns

These are nouns of things that cannot be counted.

They cannot be used with articles such as a/an or the.

They can be used with expressions like some, a handful of, a bit of, a lot of, much .

Examples

  • Substances ;salt, food, dust
  • Liquids; milk, water, oil, juice
  • Ideas; music, knowledge, information, education, advice
  • Concrete objects; bedding, luggage, furniture, hair ,grass
  • Qualities; happiness, kindness, courage, obedience

 

Regular and Irregular nouns

  1. Regular nouns

Regular nouns are nouns are nouns that form their plural by adding s or es to their singular forms.

Examples

Desk-desks

Pen pens

Box-boxes

Buffalo-buffaloes

  1. Irregular noun

 

These are nouns that form their plural by changing their forms or certain letters.

Examples

 

 

  1. Nouns that change oo to ee
  • Tooth-teeth
  • Goose-geese
  • Foot-feet
  1. Nouns that omit us and add i
  • Radius-radii
  • Cactus-cacti
  • Stimulus-stimuli
  • Syllabus-syllabi/syllabuses
  • Alumnus-alumni
  1. Nouns that omit um and replace it with a
  • Agendum-agenda
  • Addendum-addenda
  • Curriculum-curricula
  • Stratum-strata
  • Stimulus-stimuli
  1. Nouns that change I to ee
  • Basis-bases
  • Oasis-oases
  • Thesis-theses
  • Crisis-crises
  1. Nouns that change on/n to a
  • Criterion-criteria
  • Phenomenon-phenomena
  1. Nouns that add ee
  • Larva-larvae
  • Formula-formulae
  1. Nouns that change x to -ces
  • Matrix-matrices
  • Index-indices

Collective nouns

These are names of groups of people, animals or things.

They take a singular verb since each individual making up the group is seen as part of a single unit.

Examples

  • A brood of chickens                             a clan of hyenas
  • A dole of doves a  cohort of zebras
  • A mews of hawks a bike of bees
  • A parliament of owls a flight of butterflies
  • A flight of pigeons a cloud of grasshoppers
  • A battery or journalists a colony of wasps
  • A run of poultry a clutter of spiders
  • A congress baboons                               a troupe of performers
  • A leap of leopards                                 a house of senators
  • A pride of lions                                a panel of experts
  • A troop of monkeys  a herd of harlots
  • A gang of buffaloes                               a gaggle of women
  • A coalition of cheetahs a clutch of eggs
  • A flink of cows a bed/bouquet of flowers
  • A pack of dogs a plague of locusts
  • A colony of rabbits  a scourge of mosquitoes
  • A herd of donkeys                                a den of snakes
  • A herd of elephants                               an army of frogs
  • A stable of horses                               a nest of vipers
  • a school of whales                               a cast of actors
  • a bench of bishops                               an orchestra of musicians
  • a crowd of people                               a band of robbers
  • a crew of sailors a board of directors
  • a flock of tourists                                 a fleet of cars
  • a galaxy of stars                                a cache of jewels

 

Compound nouns

These are nouns made up of more than one word.

They may be written as single words, two separate words, that have to be used together to give the right meaning and they may also be hyphenated.

  1. Single words

 

  • Kickback                 Shopkeeper
  • Necklace Toothpaste
  • Sunshine Airport
  • Heartburn Nosebleed
  • Football Breakthrough
  • Classmate Takeaway
  • Workshop                   Teapot
  • Dressmaking Cupboard

 

 

  1. Two/three separate words
  • Leather jacket dining hall
  • Tap water driving license
  • Bank account cow dung
  • Ice cream      frying pan
  • Assistant minister ladies’ shoes
  • Deputy head children’s wear
  • Coat of arms

 

  1. Hyphenated words
  • Mother-in-law
  • Commander-in-chief
  • Table-mat
  • Father-in- law
  • Sergeant-at-arm
  • Attorney-general
  • Passer-by
  • Door-bell

 

Plurals of Compound nouns

Plurals of compound nouns are formed in various ways:

  1. Adding a plural marker to the last part of the compound noun
  • Shopkeepers
  • Necklaces
  • Workshops
  • Teapots
  • Bank accounts
  • Leather jackets
  • Deputy heads
  1. Adding the plural ending after the first part of the compound noun
  • Coats of arms
  • Mothers-in-law
  • Commanders-in-law
  • Passers-by
  • Attorney-generals/attorneys-general
  • Sergeants-at-arm

NOUN PHRASES

A noun phrase is a group of words that functions as as a noun(unit)

It may comprise of  a noun, a pronoun or a noun and other words modifying it.

These modifiers may include:

  • Article; a/an and the
  • Demonstratives; this, that, these, those
  • Possessive adjectives; my, his, their, our
  • Quantifiers; all, some, many, few, a lot, no
  • Numerals; two, three, four
  • Adjectives; good, handsome, beautiful

Examples of noun phrases

Noun

Corruption

Poverty

John

Nouns +articles

The cow

An umbrella

A dog

Noun + demonstrative

This cow

That jug

Noun + possessive adjective

My vehicle

His book

Noun +quantifiers

Some people

Many students

Noun + numerals

Two students

Three ladies

Noun + adjective

Handsome boys

Dirty pigs

Article + adjective + noun

The lonely pig

Article + numeral + adjective

The three dirty pigs

 

Functions of  noun phrases

  1. As a subject

A noun phrase is used as a subject if:

-it appears before the main verb

-it refers to the initiator of the action stated by the verb.

  1. As complement

A subject complement is a word/phrase that describes/defines the subject  of a sentence. They follow copular/ linking verbs. These verbs include ;am, was, are, were, been, become, appear, seen, sound and feel.

  • As an object

 

a)Direct object

A direct object is a word, phrase or clause that follows a transitive verb and answers the question ”who” or  “what?”

A direct object receives the action of the  of the verb.

b)Indirect object

An indirect object is a word/phrase that answers the question “to whom?” or “for whom” or for what is the action of the verb performed. Indirect object is the beneficiary/receives something or benefits from something.

 

CLAUSES

A clause is a group of words contain a subject and  a verb(predicate)

It can form either a sentence on its own, or be part of a longer sentence.

Types of clauses

  1. i) Independent clause

These are also called main clauses, they are clauses that can stand on their as sentences.

Examples

  • Susan likes reading.
  • The guest speaker spoke for only 20 minutes.
  • We saw our local M.P at baraza.
  • Literature courses are offered at the university.
  1. ii) Coordinating clause

 

If two or more independent clauses are joined to make a sentence , each sentence is called a coordinating clause. This clause comprises sentences of equal importance but they work together.

Each coordinating clause is connected to the other using a coordinating conjunction(fanboys)

Examples

John likes to play football but Joseph plays volleyball.

iii)  Dependent/subordinate clause

These are clauses that depend on independent clauses to be meaningful.

They do not express a complete thought and cannot stand on their own.

These clauses are used with subordinate conjunctions such as : if, although, before, while, as, until unless, despite ,since etc

Examples

Unless you read newspapers, you cannot be informed.

Although I revised well, I failed terribly.

 

NOUN CLAUSES

A noun clause is a subordinate clause that does the same work as that of a noun phrase.

It has a subject and a verb and may be used as a subject or an object of a sentence.

Noun clause are introduced by words such as when, that, whoever, how, where, whoever, which, who,  how, why and whatever.

Examples

  • Whoever finishes the race will get the reward.
  • Whoever ordered the books is not in today.
  • She told me to give the guests whatever they needed.
  • He understood what we discussed.
  • When to vote will be decided on by the commission.
  • That they failed irritates them.
  • How you spend the money is up to you.
  • He said that the teacher had arrived.

 

Types of noun clauses

  1. That noun clause
  • That the world is round is known.
  • I know that you can pass.
  • That I love football is known.
  • That we shall die is known.

 

 

  1. Wh-noun clauses

 

What she did was seen.

 

Functions of noun clauses

Subject of a sentence

Object of a sentence

Complement

 

NOUN DERIVATIONS

Noun derivation is the process of forming nouns from other lexical categories(words) by adding affixes(prefixes, suffixes, infixes)

Nouns are formed by adding prefixes to verbs ,adjectives or nouns

Prefixes are elements added at the end of words

Examples

  • -er               -ment         -less
  • -ee -ion             -ive
  • -ness -tion            -able
  • -ship -ence         -ation
  • -ism -dom
  • -ity -ize/ise       -or
  1. Nouns derived from verbs

By adding –er

  • Dance-dancer
  • Write-writer
  • Drive-driver
  • Winner-winner

By adding –ee

  • Retire-retiree
  • Escape-escapee
  • Train-trainee
  • Pay-payee
  • Refer-referee
  • Absent-absentee

Divorce-divorcee

 

By adding –or

  • Guarant-guarantor
  • Act-actor
  • Stress-stressor
  • Donate-donator
  • Educate-educator
  • instruct-instructor

By adding –ation/-ition

  • Educate-education
  • Attend-attention
  • Repeat-repetition
  • Admit-admission
  • Discuss-discussion
  • Receive-reception

By adding –ment/ent

  • Require-requirement
  • Involve-involvement
  • Acknowledge-acknowledgement
  • Employ-employment

By adding –ance/ence

  • Accept-acceptance
  • Admit-admittance
  • Allow-allowance
  • Assure-assurance
  • Comply-compliance
  • Defy-defiance
  • Guide-guidance
  • Maintain-maintenance
  • Clear-clearance
  • Adhere-adherence
  • Patient-patience
  • Exist-existence

 

By adding –al

  • Survive-survival
  • Deny-denial
  • Bury-burial
  • Dismiss-dismissal
  • Rehearse-rehearsal

By adding –age

  • Marry-marriage
  • Waste-wastage
  • Break-breakage
  • Use-usage

By adding –ery

  • Deliver-delivery
  • Bribe- bribery
  1. Nouns derived from adjectives

By adding –ness

  • Kind-kindness
  • Stubborn-stubbornness
  • Shy-shyness
  • Happy-happiness
  • Keen-keenness
  • Open-openness

By adding –ism

  • Tribe-tribalism
  • Material-materialism
  • Critic-criticism
  • Race-racism
  • Skeptic- skepticism

By adding –ery

  • Brave-bravery

By adding –ity

  • Equal-equality
  • Similar-similarity
  • Sane-sanity
  • Curious-curiosity
  • Brief-brevity

By adding

  • Nouns derived from nouns

By adding-ship

Friend-friendship

 

  • King-kingship
  • Relation-relationship
  • Leader-leadership
  • Friend-friendship
  • Author-authorship
  • Owner-ownership

Censor-censorship

 

By adding –dom

  • King-kingdom
  • Martyr-martyrdom
  • Chief-chiefdom

By adding –ery

  • Slave-slavery

PRONOUNS

Pronouns are words used in place of pronouns.

Person and number

Personal pronouns are divided into three classes:

  1. First person pronouns

These are  pronouns that refer to the person who is speaking/writing

They include:

             singular         plural
                  I              we
                me              us

 

  1. Second person pronouns

These are pronouns that refer to person who is listening or reading.

They include:

            singular              plural
              you              you

 

  1. Third person pronouns

These  pronouns that refer to the person being spoken about.

They include:

               singular                plural
He/him They/them
She/her They/them
it They/them

 

Pronouns that refer to the doer of the action are called subject pronouns. They include:

I, we, you, he, she, it and they.

Pronouns that refer to the recipient/receiver of the action are called object pronouns. They include:

Me, us, you, him, her, it and them.

 

Indefinite Pronouns

Indefinite pronouns are pronouns which do not refer to definite number of things or people. They refer to things in general without identifying them.

Examples

  • everybody  several
  • Everyone     one
  • Nobody    either
  • Anyone      all
  • Nobody     many
  • Somebody    few
  • None   both
  • Someone    some

Indefinite pronouns can be categorized into:

Singular indefinite pronouns

Plural indefinite pronouns

i)singular indefinite pronouns

These are indefinite pronouns that refer to one person/thing.

Examples

  • Nobody             everybody
  • Someone             none
  • Anyone             someone
  • Somebody             another
  • Another                  each
  • Everybody neither

Singular indefinite pronouns take singular verbs such as has, is, and says.

  1. ii) Plural indefinite pronouns

These are indefinite pronouns that refer to more than one person or thing.

Examples

  • All
  • Many
  • Few
  • Both
  • Several

These take plural verbs such as are, were, have

Indefinite pronouns can be made to be gender sensitive by using his/her.

 

Pronouns and Case

A case is different positions that pronouns take in a sentence. They can take the subject or the object position.

  1. i) Subjective Case

A pronoun is said to be in subjective case when it appears before/precedes a verb.

Examples

  • He will always remember this.
  • She teaches Geography.
  • They are in college.

Pronouns used in subjective case include: I, we, you, he, she, it and they.

Person singular plural
1st I we
2nd you you
3rd He/she  
  it  

NB: Pronouns in subjective case are also used in comparison after than.

She is taller  than he.

ii)objective case

A pronoun is said to be in the objective case when it appears/comes after the verb or preposition.

Examples

  • John loves her
  • I am waiting for him.

Pronouns used in objective case are:

Person singular plural
1st person me Us
2nd person You you
3rd person Him  
  Her They
  it  

 

NB: Relative pronouns also take either subjective case.

Who is used in the subjective case; it refers to the doer of the action.

Example

This man who gave me a gift.

Whom is used as an object; it refers to the recipient of the action.

It can also be used with prepositions.

Example

  • The man whom I wanted to see is in Narok.
  • The woman to whom I wished to speak was away.
  • I saw the people for whom you work.

The student whom you sent home has returned.

Rigoma Girls Secondary School’s Verified KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

school registered an impressive performance in the KCSE 2023 exams by emerging position 13 in Nyamira County.

The school recorded a very good mean score of  7.561 points, to rank among the KCSE 2023 top performing schools in the country.

The school’s mean score moved from 5.8 in the previous year, to 7.561  in this year’s KCSE exam.

The school’s candidature in the KCSE 2023 exam was 82 students.

A total of 71 Students scored above C+ thus securing direct entry to university since this is the minimum university entry grade as stipulated by colleges and universities placement body (Kuccps).

school’s KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis; Grades Distribution.

Unfortunately, no student scored the most coveted grade of A plain (A) whereas zero students scored A minus (A-). Majority of the students scored grade C+ (plus) and above.

Ps County Sub County School Name Boys Girls Total A A- B+ B B- C+ C C- D+ D D- E X Y U P W TOT 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, DEV Above C+ University %
13 NYAMIRA MASABA NORTH RIGOMA GIRLS 0 82 82 0 0 1 14 29 27 8 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 5.8 7.561 1.749 71 86.58536585
County Secondary Schools in Nyamira County; School KNEC Code, Type, Cluster, and Category

More News about top Performing KCSE 2023/2024 Schools

Full List of the KCSE 2023/2024 Best 500 Schools with Kabarak at Number One

Best top 200 schools KCSE 2023 Exams

Kisii High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Tenwek High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Maseno School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Sironga Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Lelwak Boys Highschool

Nandi County KCSE 2023-2024 Exam Results

Bungoma County KCSE 2023-2024 Exam Results

Moi Gesusu High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Kebabe Girls School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Kanga National School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Butula Boys High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Kathiani Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Mbooni Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Precious Blood Kilungu Secondary School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Caring Hearts High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Mirogi girls posts an impressive performance at the KCSE 2023/2024 Exams

KCSE 2023-2024 Best Performing Schools in Homa Bay County

Kagumo High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

KCSE 2023-2024 Best Performing Schools in West Pokot County

Tenwek High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Namachanja High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Nanyuki High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Anestar Boys High Lanet School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Dr. Aggrey School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Murray Girls High School- Taita’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results Analysis and Grades Summary

Canon Kituri Secondary School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

St Joseph High School Mumias’ KCSE 2023-2024 KCSE Results Analysis and Grade Count

Mukaa Boys High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Chwele Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Thika High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

 St Peters Mukumu Seminary’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Top Performing National Schools in KCSE Exams

Top Performing National Schools in KCSE 2023

Nyambaria Boys High School’s KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
Alliance Girls High School’s KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
St Brigids Kiminini Girls High School’s KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution
Nakuru Boys High School’s KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
Asumbi girls High school KCSE 2023 Results, Grade Distribution
Kapsabet High KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Mean Grade Count
Moi Girls High School Eldoret 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kanga High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kenya High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Grades
Maseno School KCSE 2023 Results analysis, Grade Count
Kagumo High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Murang’a High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Nairobi school KCSE 2023 Results, Candidates’ Mean Grades Distribution
Maranda High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Meru School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis and Grades Distribution
Meru School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis and Grades Distribution
Bunyore Girls’ High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Tenwek High school KCSE 2023 Results Analysis and Grades Count
Lugulu Girls High School; KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis, Contacts, Location, Admissions, History, Fees
Lugulu Girls’ High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Baringo High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kaplong Girls National School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Bahari Girls High School; KCSE Results Analysis, Contacts, Location, Admissions, History, Fees

Top Performing Extra-County Schools in KCSE 2023

Cardinal Otunga High school, Mosocho 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
St. Anthony’s Boys Kitale kcse 2023 results, Grade Count
St. Paul’s Igonga DOK Secondary School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kaaga Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Orero Boys High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Samoei Boys High School ; full details, KCSE  Analysis, Contacts, Location, Admissions, History, Fees
Chebwagan High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Grade Distribution
Ogande Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results, Grade Distribution
Sawagongo High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Nyakongo Boys High School 2023 KCSE Results, Mean Grades Count
Cheborge Boys High School KCSE 2023 Results, Grades Count
Bishop Linus Okok Girls’ High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Ack Rae Girls High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Korongoi Girls High School KCSE 2023 Exams Results
Lelwak boys KCSE 2023 Exam Results Analysis, Grade Count
Ossen Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results, Grades Count
Agoro Sare High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
St Mary’s Kibabii Boys High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Ruth Kiptui Girls Kasok KCSE 2023 Exam Results Analysis
AIC Sombe Girls High School Kitui – 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Tabagon Girls High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Chavakali High School’s KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
Moi Siongiroi Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results and Grades Distribution
Cardinal Otunga Girls High School; All details, KCSE Results Analysis, Contacts, Location

 

TSC Minet Latest List of all Service Providers, Hospitals in Kisii County: Their Contacts, Location and Services Offered

TSC Minet Latest List of all Service Providers, Hospitals in Kisii County: Their Contacts, Location and Services Offered

Region County Sub-county Town Name of Service Provider Access Services
NYANZA KISII
NYANZA KISII KISII KISII TOWN opp STAGE BLISS GVS HEALTHCARE LTD _STAGE DIRECT OP
NYANZA KISII KISII KISII TOWN opp CO-OP BANK BLISS GVS HEALTHCARE LTD KISII DIRECT OP/DENTAL/OPTICAL
NYANZA KISII NYARIBARI CHACHE KISII TOWN CHRISTMARIANNE MISSION HOSPITAL DIRECT IP/OP/MAT
NYANZA KISII KENYENYA KENYENYA KENYENYA MEDICAL AND DIAGNOSTIC CENTRE DIRECT OP
NYANZA KISII KISII CENTRAL SANSORA BUILDING KISII FAMILY MEDICAL CENTRE DIRECT OP
NYANZA KISII KISII CENTRAL KISII TOWN RAM HOSPITAL LTD DIRECT IP/OP/MAT
NYANZA KISII SAMETA SAMETA LENMEK HOSPITAL LTD DIRECT IP/OP/DENTAL/OPTICAL/MAT ->  Direct
NYANZA KISII KITUTU CHACHE GESONSO NYANGENA HOSPITAL DIRECT IP/OP/MAT
NYANZA KISII NYARIBARI CHACHE KISII TOWN KISII PHYSIOTHERAPY CLINIC REFERRAL SPECIALISTS(OP)
NYANZA KISII BOMACHOGE OGEMBO NEOCARE SPECIALIST HOSPITAL DIRECT IP/OP/MAT
NYANZA KISII KISII CENTRAL KISII TOWN OASIS SPECIALIST HOSPITAL LIMITED REFERRAL IP/OP SPECIALIST/MAT
NYANZA KISII KEROKA KEROKA ST CATHERINES ICHUNI DISPENSARY DIRECT IP/OP/MAT
NYANZA KISII GUCHA SOUTH TABAKA TABAKA MISSION HOSPITAL DIRECT IP/OP/MAT

Marani Girls PAG High School’s Verified KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Marani Girls PAG High school registered an impressive performance in the KCSE 2023 exams by emerging position 19 in Nyamira County.

The school recorded a very good mean score of 7.235 points, to rank among the KCSE 2023 top performing schools in the country.

The school’s mean score moved from 5.273 in the previous year, to 7.235 in this year’s KCSE exam.

The school’s candidature in the KCSE 2023 exam was 17 students.

A total of 12 Students scored above C+ thus securing direct entry to university since this is the minimum university entry grade as stipulated by colleges and universities placement body (Kuccps).

Marani Girls PAG High school’s KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis; Grades Distribution.

Unfortunately, no student scored the most coveted grade of A plain (A) whereas zero students scored A minus (A-). Majority of the students scored grade C+ (plus) and above.

 

Ps County Sub County School Name Boys Girls Total A A- B+ B B- C+ C C- D+ D D- E X Y U P W TOT 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, DEV Above C+ University %
19 NYAMIRA NYAMIRA SOUTH MARANI P.A.G GIRLS 0 17 17 0 0 1 1 5 5 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 3.780 2.950 2.895 5.273 7.235 1.963 12 70.58823529

More News about top Performing KCSE 2023/2024 Schools

Full List of the KCSE 2023/2024 Best 500 Schools with Kabarak at Number One

Best top 200 schools KCSE 2023 Exams

Kisii High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Tenwek High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Maseno School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Sironga Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Lelwak Boys Highschool

Nandi County KCSE 2023-2024 Exam Results

Bungoma County KCSE 2023-2024 Exam Results

Moi Gesusu High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Kebabe Girls School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Kanga National School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Butula Boys High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Kathiani Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Mbooni Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Precious Blood Kilungu Secondary School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Caring Hearts High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Mirogi girls posts an impressive performance at the KCSE 2023/2024 Exams

KCSE 2023-2024 Best Performing Schools in Homa Bay County

Kagumo High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

KCSE 2023-2024 Best Performing Schools in West Pokot County

Tenwek High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Namachanja High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Nanyuki High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Anestar Boys High Lanet School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Dr. Aggrey School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Murray Girls High School- Taita’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results Analysis and Grades Summary

Canon Kituri Secondary School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

St Joseph High School Mumias’ KCSE 2023-2024 KCSE Results Analysis and Grade Count

Mukaa Boys High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Chwele Girls High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Thika High School’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

 St Peters Mukumu Seminary’s KCSE 2023-2024 Results and Grades Distribution

Top Performing National Schools in KCSE Exams

Top Performing National Schools in KCSE 2023

Nyambaria Boys High School’s KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
Alliance Girls High School’s KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
St Brigids Kiminini Girls High School’s KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution
Nakuru Boys High School’s KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
Asumbi girls High school KCSE 2023 Results, Grade Distribution
Kapsabet High KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Mean Grade Count
Moi Girls High School Eldoret 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kanga High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kenya High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Grades
Maseno School KCSE 2023 Results analysis, Grade Count
Kagumo High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Murang’a High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Nairobi school KCSE 2023 Results, Candidates’ Mean Grades Distribution
Maranda High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Meru School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis and Grades Distribution
Meru School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis and Grades Distribution
Bunyore Girls’ High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Tenwek High school KCSE 2023 Results Analysis and Grades Count
Lugulu Girls High School; KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis, Contacts, Location, Admissions, History, Fees
Lugulu Girls’ High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Baringo High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kaplong Girls National School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Bahari Girls High School; KCSE Results Analysis, Contacts, Location, Admissions, History, Fees

Top Performing Extra-County Schools in KCSE 2023

Cardinal Otunga High school, Mosocho 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
St. Anthony’s Boys Kitale kcse 2023 results, Grade Count
St. Paul’s Igonga DOK Secondary School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Kaaga Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Orero Boys High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Samoei Boys High School ; full details, KCSE  Analysis, Contacts, Location, Admissions, History, Fees
Chebwagan High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis, Grade Distribution
Ogande Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results, Grade Distribution
Sawagongo High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Nyakongo Boys High School 2023 KCSE Results, Mean Grades Count
Cheborge Boys High School KCSE 2023 Results, Grades Count
Bishop Linus Okok Girls’ High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Ack Rae Girls High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Korongoi Girls High School KCSE 2023 Exams Results
Lelwak boys KCSE 2023 Exam Results Analysis, Grade Count
Ossen Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results, Grades Count
Agoro Sare High School 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
St Mary’s Kibabii Boys High School KCSE 2023 Results Analysis
Ruth Kiptui Girls Kasok KCSE 2023 Exam Results Analysis
AIC Sombe Girls High School Kitui – 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Tabagon Girls High school 2023 KCSE Results Analysis, Grade Count
Chavakali High School’s KCSE 2023/2024 Results Analysis, Ranking Grades Distribution and Location
Moi Siongiroi Girls High School KCSE 2023 Results and Grades Distribution
Cardinal Otunga Girls High School; All details, KCSE Results Analysis, Contacts, Location

 

ENGLISH FORM ONE LESSON PLAN IN PDF

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Oral Literature

SUB-TOPIC: Trickster Narratives

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Identify the features of a trickster narrative.

(b)        Discuss the functions of a trickster narrative

T/L RESOURCES: Sample of a trickster narrative

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 1-3

  • Oral Literature for Schools
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4        minutes

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson. Asks learners to define a myth a trickster narrative.

(b)   Tells the learners that they will be learning about trickster narratives.

(a)    Defines a legend.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

 

32    minutes

1. Narrates a trickster narrative to the learners.

2. Explains the features and functions of a trickster narrative.

3. Groups the learners. Gives the learners a sample trickster narrative h. Asks learners to identify the features of a trickster narrative in it.

4. Asks learners present their projects.

1. States how they grabbed and kept the attention.

2. Listens and takes notes. Seeks clarification.

3. Discusses.

4. Presents their projects.

CONCLUSION

4        minutes

(a)    Asks them to narrate a trickster narrative of their own.

(b)    Gives them an exercise.

(a)    Explains the ways.

(b)   Writes the exercise in their exercise books.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                         LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Oral Literature

Trickster Narratives

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________   

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC: Silent Reading 1

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Develop techniques of silent reading.
  • Identify the main points and the supporting materials in a text.

T/L RESOURCES: Posters, chalkboard demonstration of sitting postures

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 3-4

  • Head Start English Bk 1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to how they do their studies.

(b)   Tells them that they would be learning how to develop good silent reading techniques.

(a)    Gives the features of summary.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1.      Outlines the best silent reading study techniques for maximum concentration.

2.      Issues a handout with a passage to be read.

3.      Tells the learners to read it using the techniques explained and identify the main points as well as the supporting material.

4.      Summarizes the points to consider when preparing for silent reading

 

1.      Listens and takes notes.

2.      Reads the passage.

3.      Writes down the answers.

 

4.      Writes a summary.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks some students to read aloud their answers to the question given earlier.

(b)   Writes an exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)    Corrects the others.

 

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                  Silent Reading

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: Karani and Kemunto

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 5

Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)   Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)    Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification.

 

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)    Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1.      Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

2.      Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

3.      Asks students some questions on the passage.

4.      Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

1.      Reads the paragraphs.

2.      Retells the passage.

3.      Answers the questions.

4.      Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

1.      Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

2.      Gives an exercise.

1.      Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

2.      Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

KARANI AND KEMUNTO  

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1,

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: Common and Proper Nouns

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Define common and proper nouns.

(b)        Use common and proper nouns in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing common and proper nouns

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 6-7

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Writes sentences with common and proper nouns.

(b)   Asks learners to identify the common and proper nouns.

(c)    Tells them that they will be learning common and proper nouns.

(a)    Reads the sentence.

(b)   Identifies the common and proper nouns.

(c)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1.      Writes more sentences.

2.      Explains more examples of common and proper nouns.

3.      Displays the chart with the common and proper nouns.

4.      Groups the learners and issues the handout with a paragraph.

5.      Asks learners identify the common and proper nouns.

1.      Identifies common and proper nouns.

2.      Listens and seeks clarification.

3.      Identifies their components.

4.      Identifies common and proper nouns.

5.      Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to use common and proper nouns learnt in sentences.

(b)   Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

COMON AND PROPER NOUNS

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING

SUB-TOPIC: Handwriting

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) Write neatly and legibly.
  2. b) Appreciate the importance of writing neatly.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample of good handwriting

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 7-9

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

 

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson.

(b)   Tells the learners they are going to learn how to write using a good handwriting.

Listens and writes down notes.

 

DEVELOPMENT

32minutes

1. Explains the importance of good handwriting.

2. Asks students to write a passage using good handwriting.

3. Asks individual students to read the passages of their neighbours.

1. Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2. Writes down the passage.

3. Reads the passage

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

(a)    Gives an exercise. (a)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                      FORM 1

                                                       WRITING

Handwriting

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING

SUB-TOPIC: Pronunciation of /l/ and /r/ sounds

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Pronounce the sounds /l/ and /r/ with distinction
  • Write words in which the sounds /l/ and /r/ appear

T/L RESOURCES: Chart with minimal pairs of the sounds /l/ and /r/

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 10-11

Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4        minutes

1. Write two words, one bearing each sound.

2. Demonstrate how the two sounds are produced.

1. Reads the words aloud.

2. Listens and asks for clarification.

DEVELOPMENT

30    minutes

1. Displays the chart and asks the learners to read aloud.

2. Explain that the words are minimal pairs.

3. Ask learners to give more examples of minimal pairs of /l/ and /r/.

4. Divide the class in pairs.

5.Shows the students the flashcards and asks them to write the word that differs in pronunciation with only one sound considering the sounds under study

 

1. Reads the minimal pairs aloud.

2. Takes notes and asks for clarification.

3. Gives examples.

4. Sits in pairs.

5.Writes the words after discussing

CONCLUSION

5minutes

(a)    Asks the students to reread the minimal pairs.

(b)   Writes an exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)    Rereads the minimal pairs.

 

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 2

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                  Pronunciation of /l/ and /r/ sounds

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC: Silent Reading 2

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Develop techniques of silent reading.
  • Identify the main points and the supporting materials in a text.

T/L RESOURCES: Posters, chalkboard demonstration of sitting postures

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 11-12

  • Head Start English Bk 1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5        minutes

(a)    Asks students to how they do their studies.

(b)   Tells them that they would be learning how to develop good silent reading techniques.

(a)    Gives the features of summary.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30    minutes

1. Outlines the best silent reading study techniques for maximum concentration.

2. Issues a handout with a passage to be read.

3. Tells the learners to read it using the techniques explained and identify the main points as well as the supporting material.

4.Summarizes the points to consider when preparing for silent reading

 

1. Listens and takes notes.

2. Reads the passage.

3. Writes down the answers.

 

4. Writes a summary.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks some students to read aloud their answers to the question given earlier.

(b)   Writes an exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)    Corrects the others.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                  Silent Reading

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: The Sick Man

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 12

Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4        minutes

(a)    Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)   Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)    Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification.

 

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)    Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

33     minutes

1. Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

2. Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

3. Asks students some questions on the passage.

4. Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

1. Reads the paragraphs.

2. Retells the passage.

3. Answers the questions.

4. Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

3         minutes

1. Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Gives an exercise.

1. Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

THE SICK MAN  

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: Concrete and abstract Nouns

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Define concrete and abstract nouns.

(b)        Use concrete and abstract nouns in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing concrete and abstract nouns

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 14-15

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5         minutes

(a)    Writes sentences with concrete and abstract nouns.

(b)    Asks learners to identify the concrete and abstract nouns.

(c)    Tells them that they will be learning concrete and abstract nouns.

(a)    Reads the sentence.

(b)   Identifies the concrete and abstract nouns.

(c)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

1. Writes more sentences.

2. Explains more examples of concrete and abstract nouns.

3. Displays the chart with the concrete and abstract nouns.

4. Groups the learners and issues the handout with a paragraph.

5. Asks learners identify the concrete and abstract nouns.

1. Identifies concrete and abstract nouns.

2. Listens and seeks clarification.

3. Identifies their components.

4. Identifies concrete and abstract nouns.

5. Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5minutes

(a)    Asks students to use concrete and abstract nouns learnt in sentences.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Concrete and Abstract Nouns

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WORD STUDY

SUB-TOPIC: Commonly Misspelt words

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Write neatly and legibly.
  • Spell given words correctly.

T/L RESOURCES: Posters, chalkboard demonstration of sitting postures

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 16

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5        minutes

(a)    Asks students to mention some words that they commonly misspell.

(b)   Tells them the reasons behind misspelling of words.

(a)    Gives the features of summary.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30    minutes

1. Read out a list of commonly misspelt words.

2. Tells learners to write them down in their exercise books.

3. Asks the learners to spell each word as they mark for one another.

4.Summarizes the points to consider when spelling words

1. Listens.

2. Writes down the answers.

 

3. Mark for one another.

 

4.Listens and takes down notes

CONCLUSION

5        minutes

1. Asks some students to give more commonly misspelt words.

2. Gives an exercise in the students’ textbook.

1. Gives more commonly misspelt words.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 3

                                                                   WORD STUDY

Commonly Misspelt Words

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING

SUB-TOPIC: Pronunciation of /i/ and /I/ sounds

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Pronounce the sounds /i/ and /I/ with distinction
  • Write words in which the sounds /i/ and /I/ appear

T/L RESOURCES: Chart with minimal pairs of the sounds /i/ and /I/

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 17-19

Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4         minutes

1. Write two words, one bearing each sound.

2. Demonstrate how the two sounds are produced.

1. Reads the words aloud.

2. Listens and asks for clarification.

DEVELOPMENT

31    minutes

1. Displays the chart and asks the learners to read aloud.

2. Explain that the words are minimal pairs.

3. Ask learners to give more examples of minimal pairs of /i/ and /I/.

4. Divide the class in pairs.

5.Shows the students the flashcards and asks them to write the word that differs in pronunciation with only one sound considering the sounds under study

 

1. Reads the minimal pairs aloud.

2. Takes notes and asks for clarification.

3. Gives examples.

4. Sits in pairs.

5.Writes the words after discussing

CONCLUSION

5minutes

(a)    Asks the students to reread the minimal pairs.

(b)    Writes an exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)    Rereads the minimal pairs.

(b)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                  Pronunciation of /i/ and /I/ sounds

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC: Reading Aloud 1

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)          Appreciate the need of developing good oral reading skills.

(b)          Explain the importance of understanding what they read aloud.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample instructions

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 19-20

  • Head Start English Bk1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4         minutes

1. Reviews the previous lesson. Asks the learners to prepare to read a text aloud.

2. Tells the learners that they will be learning how to read a given text aloud.

1. Prepares to give and receive instructions.

2. Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32minutes

1. Asks learners how to read a given text aloud.

2. Explains how one should read a given text aloud.

3. Groups the learners. Gives learners a question. Asks learners to read a given text aloud.

1. States how to give and receive instructions.

2. Listens and takes notes. Seeks clarification.

3. Reads.

 

CONCLUSION

4         minutes

(a)    Asks them to explain the ways of reading a given text aloud.

(b) Writes the exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)    Explains the ways.

(b)    Writes the exercise in their exercise books.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                         STUDY SKILLS

Reading Aloud 1

COMMENTS:

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: Mlafi and Ndele

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 21-23

Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5         minutes

(a)    Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)    Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)    Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification.

 

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)    Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

32     minutes

1. Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

2. Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

3. Asks students some questions on the passage.

4. Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

1. Reads the paragraphs.

2. Retells the passage.

3.       Answers the questions.

4.      Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

3         minutes

1. Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Gives an exercise.

1. Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

MLAFI AND NDELE  

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: Count and Non-count Nouns

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Define count and non-count nouns.

(b)        Use count and non-count nouns in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing collective nouns

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 23-25

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

6         minutes

1. Writes sentences with count and non-count nouns.

2. Asks learners to identify the count and non-count nouns.

3. Tells them that they will be learning count and non-count nouns.

1. Reads the sentence.

2. Identifies the count and non-count nouns.

3. Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

1. Writes more sentences.

2. Explains more examples of count and non-count nouns.

3.       Displays the chart with the count and non-count nouns.

4.      Groups the learners and issues the handout with a paragraph.

5.      Asks learners identify the count and non-count nouns.

1. Identifies count and non-count nouns.

2. Listens and seeks clarification.

3. Identifies their components.

4. Identifies count and non-count nouns.

5. Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

4         minutes

(a)    Asks students to use count and non-count nouns learnt in sentences.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Collective Nouns

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING

SUB-TOPIC: Narratives

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a) Write neatly and legibly

(b)  State the steps in writing a narrative.

(c) Follow the steps outlined in writing an imaginative composition.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample of a narrative

 REFERENCES:

  • Head Start English Bk 1 Pg 25-26
  • Teachers Book page 98

 

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

1. Asks students whether they have ever written a narrative.

2. Explains what a narrative composition is.

3.Tells them that they are about to learn how to write a narrative composition

1. Says whether or not they have written a narrative.

2. Listens and seeks clarification.

3. Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1. Issues the sample of a narrative composition.

2. Asks students to list the elements of a narrative composition.

3. Groups the learners. Asks them to write a narrative composition on the topic given.

4. Asks learners to read aloud some of the narrative composition.

1. Reads the narrative imaginative composition letter.

2. Lists the elements.

3. Write the narrative.

 

4. Reads aloud the letter.

5 CONCLUSION 1. Asks students to outline the features of a narrative.

2. Gives an exercise.

1. Outlines the features.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                FORM 3

                                                         WRITING

Narratives

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING

SUB-TOPIC: Pronunciation of /u/ and /u:/ sounds

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Pronounce the sounds /u/ and / u:/ with distinction
  • Write words in which the sounds /u/ and /u:/ appear

T/L RESOURCES: Chart with minimal pairs of the sounds /u/ and /u:/

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 17-19

Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

1. Write two words, one bearing each sound.

2. Demonstrate how the two sounds are produced.

1. Reads the words aloud.

2. Listens and asks for clarification.

DEVELOPMENT

31 minutes

1. Displays the chart and asks the learners to read aloud.

2. Explain that the words are minimal pairs.

3. Ask learners to give more examples of minimal pairs of /u/ and /u:/.

4. Divide the class in pairs.

5.Shows the students the flashcards and asks them to write the word that differs in pronunciation with only one sound considering the sounds under study

 

1. Reads the minimal pairs aloud.

2. Takes notes and asks for clarification.

3. Gives examples.

4. Sits in pairs.

5.Writes the words after discussing

CONCLUSION

5minutes

(c)     Asks the students to reread the minimal pairs.

(d)    Writes an exercise on the chalkboard.

(c)     Rereads the minimal pairs.

(d)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                  Pronunciation of /u/ and /u:/ sounds

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC: Reading Aloud 2

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)          Appreciate the need of developing good oral reading skills.

(b)          Explain the importance of understanding what they read aloud.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample instructions

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 19-20

  • Head Start English Bk1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5         minutes

1. Reviews the previous lesson. Asks the learners to prepare to read a text aloud.

2. Tells the learners that they will be learning how to read a given text aloud.

1. Prepares to give and receive instructions.

2. Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32minutes

1. Asks learners how to read a given text aloud.

2. Explains how one should read a given text aloud.

3. Groups the learners. Gives learners a question. Asks learners to read a given text aloud.

1. States how to give and receive instructions.

2. Listens and takes notes. Seeks clarification.

3. Reads.

 

CONCLUSION

5         minutes

(b)    Asks them to explain the ways of reading a given text aloud.

(b) Writes the exercise on the chalkboard.

(c)     Explains the ways.

(d)    Writes the exercise in their exercise books.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                         STUDY SKILLS

Reading Aloud 2

COMMENTS:

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: Relating With Parents

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 29-31

Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4         minutes

1. Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

2. Asks students question concerning the issue.

3.       Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

1. Listens and seeks clarification.

2.       Answers the questions asked.

3.       Open their books.

DEVELOPMENT

33     minutes

1. Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

2.       Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

  1. Asks students some questions on the passage.
  2. Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.
1. Reads the paragraphs.

2. Retells the passage.

3. Answers the questions.

4. Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

3         minutes

1. Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Gives an exercise.

1. Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

RELATING WITH PARENTS  

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: Articles

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Define an article.

(b)        Use articles in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing articles

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 31-33

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

1. Writes a sentence with articles.

2. Asks learners to identify the articles.

3. Tells them that they will be learning articles.

1. Reads the sentence.

2. Identifies the articles.

3. Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

1. Writes more sentences.

2. Explains more examples of articles.

3. Displays the chart with the articles

4. Groups the learners and issues the handout with a paragraph.

5. Asks learners identify the articles.

1. Identifies articles.

2. Listens and seeks clarification.

3. Identifies their components.

4. Identifies articles.

5. Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

1. Asks students to use articles learnt in sentences.

2. Gives an exercise.

1. Uses them in sentences.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Articles

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING

SUB-TOPIC: Use of a Comma

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) Write neatly and legibly.
  2. b) Demonstrate ability to use the comma correctly.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample sentences

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 33-35

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson. Write some sentences on the chalkboard in which the comma has been used. Asks the learners to identify the commas. (a)    Identifies the commas.

 

 

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.      Explains the various uses of the comma.

2.      Asks students to place comma appropriately in given sentences.

3.      Groups the learners and gives them a passage. Asks them to use commas in the right places in the passage.

4.      Asks individual students to say where commas should be placed.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2.      Puts commas in the appropriate places.

3.      Identifies the places where commas should appear.

 

4.      Says where commas should be

CONCLUSION

4 Minutes

Gives an exercise  Writes the exercise

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                FORM 2

                                                         WRITING

Punctuation

Commas

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Oral Literature

SUB-TOPIC: Riddles

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Identify the features of a riddle.

(b)        Discuss the functions of a riddle

T/L RESOURCES: Sample of a riddle

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 36-38

  • Oral Literature for Schools
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5        minutes

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson. Asks learners to define a riddle.

(b)    Tells the learners that they will be learning about riddles.

(a)    Defines a riddle.

(b)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

 

30    minutes

1. Poses a riddle to the learners.

2. Explains the features and functions of a riddle.

3. Explains steps in a riddling session

4. Groups the learners. Gives the learners samples of riddles. Asks learners to identify the features of a riddle in them.

5. Asks learners present their projects.

1. Deciphers the riddle.

2. Listens and takes notes. Seeks clarification.

3. Discusses.

4. Presents their projects.

CONCLUSION

5        minutes

(a)    Asks them to pose riddles of their own.

(b)     Gives them an exercise.

(a)    Pose their riddles.

(b)   Writes the exercise in their exercise books.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                         LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Oral Literature

Riddles

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC:  Speed Reading

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)          Appreciate the need of developing speed reading skills.

(b)          Explain the importance of understanding what they read aloud.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample passage

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 38-41

  • Head Start English Bk1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

1. Reviews the previous lesson. Asks the learners to prepare to read a text fast.

2. Tells the learners that they will be learning how to read a given text with speed.

1. Prepares to give and receive instructions.

2. Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1. Asks learners how to read a given text with speed.

2. Explains how one should read a given text with speed.

3. Groups the learners. Gives learners a question. Asks learners to read a given text with speed.

1. States how to give and receive instructions.

2. Listens and takes notes. Seeks clarification.

3. Reads.

 

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks them to explain the ways of reading a given text with speed.

(b) Writes the exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)    Explains the ways.

(b)    Writes the exercise in their exercise books.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                         STUDY SKILLS

Speed Reading

COMMENTS:

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: What About This Child?

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 41-42

Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5         minutes

1. Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

2. Asks students question concerning the issue.

4.       Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

1. Listens and seeks clarification.

4.       Answers the questions asked.

5.       Open their books.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1. Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

2.       Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

3.      Asks students some questions on the passage.

4.      Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

1. Reads the paragraphs.

2. Retells the passage.

3. Answers the questions.

4. Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

1. Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Gives an exercise.

1. Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

WHAT ABOUT THIS CHILD?  

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: Pronouns

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Define a pronoun.

(b)        Use pronouns in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing pronouns

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 43-44

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Writes a sentence with a pronoun.

(b)    Asks learners to identify the pronouns.

(c)    Tells them that they will be learning pronouns.

(a)    Reads the sentence.

(b)   Identifies the pronouns.

(c)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

(a)    Writes more sentences.

(b)    Explains more examples of pronouns.

(c)    Displays the chart with the pronouns.

(d)   Groups the learners and issues the handout with a paragraph.

(e)   Asks learners identify the pronouns.

(a)    Identifies pronouns.

(b)    Listens and seeks clarification.

(c)    Identifies their components.

(d)   Identifies pronouns.

(e)   Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5minutes

(a)    Asks students to use pronouns learnt in sentences.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Pronouns

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING

SUB-TOPIC: Final Punctuation Marks

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) Write neatly and legibly.
  2. b) Demonstrate ability to use the final punctuation marks.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample sentences

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 44-45

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson. Write some sentences on the chalkboard in which the final punctuation marks has been used. Asks the learners to identify the final punctuation marks. (b)   Identifies the final punctuation marks.

 

 

DEVELOPMENT

31     minutes

(a) Explains the various uses of the final punctuation marks.

(b)    Asks students to place final punctuation marks appropriately in given sentences.

(c)     Groups the learners and gives them a passage. Asks them to use final punctuation marks in the right places in the passage.

(d)    Asks individual students to say where final punctuation marks should be placed.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

(b) Puts final punctuation marks in the appropriate places.

(c) Identifies the places where final punctuation marks commas should appear.

(d) Says where final punctuation marks should be

CONCLUSION

5 Minutes

Gives an exercise Writes the exercise

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                FORM 1

                                                         WRITING

Punctuation

Final punctuation Marks

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WORD STUDY

SUB-TOPIC: Commonly Confused Words

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Write neatly and legibly.
  • Spell given words correctly.

T/L RESOURCES: Posters with commonly confused words

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 41-47

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(c)    Asks students to mention some words that they commonly confuse.

(d)   Tells them the reasons behind confusing of words.

(c)    Mention the words they commonly confuse.

(d)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1. Read out a list of commonly confuse words.

2. Tells learners to write them down in their exercise books.

3. Asks the learners to spell each word as they mark for one another.

4.Summarizes the points to consider when spelling words

1. Listens.

2. Writes down the answers.

 

3. Mark for one another.

 

4.Listens and takes down notes

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

1. Asks some students to give more commonly confused words.

2. Gives an exercise in the students’ textbook.

1. Gives more commonly confused words.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 3

                                                                   WORD STUDY

Commonly Confused Words

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC: Using the Library

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Identify different types of libraries
  • Identify the materials found in a library
  • Identify the different sections of a library.

T/L RESOURCES: Textbooks, library

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 47-48

  • Head Start English Bk 1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students if they have visited the school library yet.

(b)    Tells them that they would be learning how to use the library.

(a)    Says if they have visited the library.

(b)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

(a)    Outlines the different materials found in a library.

(b)    Issues a handout with the different sections of a library.

(c)    Explains to the learners the type of libraries that are there.

(d)   Explains how to locate books in a library.

 

(a)    Listens and draws the layout of a library.

(b)    Listens and writes down notes.

(c)    Writes down the notes.

(d)   Writes down.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks the learners to locate specific books in the library.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Locates the books.

(b)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                 Using the Library

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: Alfred Nobel – A Man of Contrasts

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 49-50

Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b) Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)    Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification.

 

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)    Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

(a)    Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

(b)   Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

(c)    Asks students some questions on the passage.

(d)   Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

(a)    Reads the paragraphs.

(b)    Retells the passage.

(c)    Answers the questions.

(d)   Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

3         minutes

(a)    Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

ALFRED NOBEL – A MAN OF CONTRASTS  

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: Verbs

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Define a verb.

(b)        Use verbs in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing verbs

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 50-54

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Writes a sentence with a verb.

(b)    Asks learners to identify the verb.

(c)    Tells them that they will be learning verbs.

(a)    Reads the sentence.

(b)   Identifies the verb.

(c)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

(a)    Writes more sentences.

(b)    Explains more examples of verbs.

(c)    Displays the chart with the verbs.

(d)   Groups the learners and issues the handout with a paragraph.

(e)   Asks learners identify the verbs.

(a)    Identifies verbs.

(b)   Listens and seeks clarification.

(c)    Identifies their components.

(d)   Identifies verbs.

(e)   Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to use verbs learnt in sentences.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Verbs

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING

SUB-TOPIC: Building Sentence skills

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) Write neatly and legibly.
  2. b) Recognize various types of sentence construction errors
  3. c) Write properly constructed sentences

T/L RESOURCES: Sample sentences with construction errors

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 54-55

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

 

Reviews the previous lesson. Write some sentences on the chalkboard in which there are construction errors. Asks the learners to identify the errors. Identifies the errors.

 

DEVELOPMENT

32minutes

1. Explains the errors.

2. Asks students to construct sentences given correctly.

3. Groups the learners and gives them a passage. Asks them to identify construction errors in a given passage.

4. Asks individual students to identify the construction errors in the passage.

1. Listens and seeks clarification.

2. Takes notes.

3. Identifies the construction errors in the passage.

4.Identifies the construction errors

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

(f)     Gives an exercise. (b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                      FORM 1

                                                       WRITING

Building Sentence Skills

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING

SUB-TOPIC: Problematic Sounds

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Write neatly and legibly.
  • Pronounce the sounds /l/, /r/, /t/ and /d/ correctly
  • Identify other sounds they find problematic

T/L RESOURCES: Posters with problematic sounds

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 56-57

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to mention some problematic sounds.

(b)    Tells them the reasons behind problematic sounds.

(a)    Mention the problematic sounds.

(b)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1. Read out a list of problematic sounds.

2. Tells learners to write them down in their exercise books.

3. Asks the learners to pronounce problematic sounds.

4.Summarizes how to overcome the problem of problematic sounds

1. Listens.

2. Writes down the answers.

 

 

3. Pronounces the problematic sounds

4.Listens and takes down notes

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

1. Asks some students to give more problematic sounds.

2. Gives an exercise in the students’ textbook.

1. Gives more problematic sounds.

2. Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   WORD STUDY

Problematic Sounds

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC: Using the Dictionary

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Familiarize themselves with the alphabetic order of words.
  • Look up words easily in a dictionary.
  • Use the dictionary effectively.

T/L RESOURCES: Textbooks, Dictionary

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 57-58

  • Head Start English Bk 1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4         minutes

(a)    Asks students if they have dictionaries.

(b)    Tells them that they would be learning how to use the dictionary.

(a)    Says if they have dictionaries.

(b)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

31     minutes

(a)    Outlines the importance of the dictionary.

(b)    Explains how to use

(c)    Explains how to locate words in a dictionary.

 

(a)    Listens and writes down notes.

(b)    Listens and writes down notes.

(c)    Writes down the notes.

CONCLUSION

5         minutes

(a)    Asks the learners to locate specific words in their dictionaries.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Locates the words.

(b)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                 Using the Dictionary

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: Gender Violence and HIV/AIDS

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 58-59

Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)    Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)    Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification.

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)    Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

32     minutes

(a)    Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

(b)    Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

(c)    Asks students some questions on the passage.

(d)   Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

(a)    Reads the paragraphs.

(b)   Retells the passage.

(c)    Answers the questions.

(d)   Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

(a)    Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

GENDER VIOLENCE AND HIV/AIDS

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: The Simple Past Tense

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Distinguish between regular and irregular verbs in the past tense.

(b)        Form the past tense of regular and irregular verbs

(c)        Use the past tense of regular and irregular verbs correctly.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 60-62 Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Writes two sentences with regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(b)    Asks learners to identify the regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(c)    Tells them that they will be learning regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(a)    Reads the sentence.

(b)   Identifies the regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(c)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

(a)    Writes more sentences with regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(b)    Explains more examples of regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(c)    Displays the chart with regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(d)   Groups the learners and issues the handout with regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(e)   Asks learners identify the regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(a)    Identifies regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(b)   Listens and seeks clarification.

(c)    Identifies regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(d)   Identifies regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense.

(e)   Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to use regular and irregular verbs in simple past tense in sentences.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Regular and Irregular Verbs in Simple Past Tense

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING

SUB-TOPIC: Diaries

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) Write neatly and legibly.
  2. b) Demonstrate ability to write diaries.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample diaries

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 62-64

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson. Read samples diaries in class (a)    Listens and asks for clarification.

 

 

DEVELOPMENT

30    minutes

1. Explains the formats of diaries.

2. Asks students to write notes on diaries.

3. Groups the learners and tells them to write diaries following the format given.

4. Asks individual students to read their diaries.

1. Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2. Writes down notes.

3. Discusses the question.

 

4. Reads out their diaries.

CONCLUSION

5minutes

(a)    Gives an exercise. (a)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                FORM 1

                                                         WRITING

Diaries

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING

SUB-TOPIC: Debate

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Appreciate the importance of having debating skills

(b)        Acquire debating skills.

(c)        Participate in debates.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample of a myth

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 66-67

  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson. Asks learners to explain the importance of debate.

(b)    Tells the learners that they will be learning about debating skills.

(a)    Explains the importance.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

 

31    minutes

1. Outlines the importance of debate.

2. Explains the process of a debating session.

3. Groups the learners into two. Gives the learners a motion for debate. Asks learners to debate the motion according to the procedure outlined.

1. Listens and seeks for clarification.

2. Listens and takes notes. Seeks clarification.

3. Participates in debating the motion.

 

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

(a)    Asks them to prepare for a second motion.

(b)     Gives them an exercise.

(a)    Prepares for the motion.

(b)    Writes the exercise in their exercise books.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                         LISTENING AND SPEAKING

DEBATE

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC: Using the Dictionary 2

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Describe the various types of information found in a dictionary.
  • Use the dictionary effectively.

T/L RESOURCES: Textbooks, Dictionary

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 67-68

  • Head Start English Bk 1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to discuss the types of information found in the dictionary.

(b)    Tells them that they would be learning about types of information found in the dictionary.

(a)    Discusses the types of information found in dictionaries.

(b)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

(a)    Outlines the types of information found in the dictionary.

(b)    Explains how to search for specific information.

(c)    Demonstrates how to search for specific information in a dictionary.

(a)    Listens and writes down notes.

(b)    Listens and writes down notes.

(c)    Copies the actions of the teacher.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks the learners to search for specific information in their dictionaries.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Locates specific information.

(b)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   STUDY SKILLS

                                                                 Using the Dictionary 2

 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: The Worrying Drug Problem in Kenya

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.

(b) Use new words in sentences of their own.

  • Appreciate the dangers of drug abuse.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 68-70, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)    Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)    Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification.

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)    Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

32     minutes

(a)    Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

(b)    Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

(c)    Asks students some questions on the passage.

(d)   Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

(a)    Reads the paragraphs.

(b)   Retells the passage.

(c)    Answers the questions.

(d)   Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

(a)    Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

THE WORRYING DRUG PROBLEM IN KENYA 

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: The Continuous Aspect

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Master spelling rules of present and past participle verbs.

(b)        Use the continuous and the perfect aspects correctly.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing continuous aspect in sentences.

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 70-73

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Writes two sentences continuous aspect.

(b)    Asks learners to identify the continuous aspect in the sentences.

(c)     Tells them that they will be learning about continuous aspect in sentences.

(a)    Reads the sentence.

(b)    Identifies the continuous aspect in sentences.

(c)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

(a)    Writes more sentences with continuous aspect.

(b)    Explains more examples of continuous aspect in sentences.

(c)    Displays the chart with continuous aspect in sentences.

(d)   Groups the learners and issues the handout with continuous aspect in sentences.

(e)   Asks learners identify the continuous aspect in sentences

(a)    Identifies the continuous aspect in sentences.

(b)    Listens and seeks clarification.

(c)    Identifies the continuous aspect in sentences.

(d)   Identifies the continuous aspect in sentences.

(e)   Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to use continuous aspect in sentences.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Continuous Aspect in Sentences

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING

SUB-TOPIC: Informal Letters

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) Write neatly and legibly.
  2. b) Demonstrate ability to write informal letters.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample diaries

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 73-75

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

6         minutes

(a) Reviews the previous lesson. Read samples of informal letters in class. (a)    Listens and asks for clarification.

 

 

DEVELOPMENT

31    minutes

1. Explains the formats of informal letters.

2. Asks students to write notes on informal letters.

3. Groups the learners and tells them to write informal letters following the format given.

4. Asks individual students to read their informal letters.

1. Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2. Writes down notes.

3. Discusses the question.

 

4. Reads out their informal letters.

CONCLUSION

5minutes

(a) Gives an exercise. (a) Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                FORM 1

                                                         WRITING

Informal Letters

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING

SUB-TOPIC: Intonation

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)          Use appropriate intonation in sentences correctly

(b)          Demonstrate appreciation of the fact that intonation contributes to meaning

T/L RESOURCES: Charts, blackboard

 REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 76-78

  • Head Start English Bk 1
  • New Integrated English Bk 1
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Reviews the previous lesson. Asks how speakers prepare to use intonation in sentences appropriately.

(b)    Tells the learners that they will be learning how to use intonation in sentences correctly.

(a)    Explains how a speaker prepares to deliver a speech.

(b)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.       Asks learners to use intonation in sentences appropriately and correctly.

2.       Explains how stress to use intonation in sentences and what dictates when to use rising or falling intonation.

3.       Groups the learners. Tell them to indicate intonation in sentences given.

4.       Asks learners present their answers.

1.       Uses intonation in sentences appropriately.

2.       Listens and takes notes. Seeks clarification.

3.       Discusses.

4.       Presents their answers.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

a)       Review what determines the intonation to use in sentences.

b)       Writes the exercise on the chalkboard.

a)       Explains the ways.

b)      Writes the exercise in their exercise books.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                         LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Intonation

COMMENTS:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

FORM THREE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 3_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: STUDY SKILLS

SUB-TOPIC:  Studying Poetry 1

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Recognize a poem when they see one.
  • Appreciate the experience of a poem.
  • Describe the identity of the persona in a poem.

T/L RESOURCES: Poems to be read

REFERENCES:  Secondary English Bk 3 Pg 78-80

  • Understanding Poetry
  • Teacher’s Book
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to give the features of a poem.

(b)   Tells them that they would be learning about persona in a poem.

(a)    Gives the features of a poem.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30    minutes

1. Reads through a given poem.

2.      Identifies the key words in the poem and explains their meanings.

3.      Explains who the persona is in a poem.

4.      Groups the learners. Gives them another poem and tells them to identify the persona in the poem.

5.      Asks the groups to present their findings.

1. Listens to the poem

2. Takes down notes.

  1. Discusses the poem and writes down the key words
  2. Presents their findings

 

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Gives an exercise in the textbook. (a)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 1

                                                                   READING

                                                                  Reading Skills

Studying Poetry

 

COMMENTS:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/COMPREHENSION

SUB-TOPIC: Disability is not Inability

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.
  • Appreciate that disability is not inability.

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on students’ book/ Dictionaries for reference

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 80-82, Teacher’s Guides

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)    Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)    Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)    Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)    Listens and seeks clarification.

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)    Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

32     minutes

(a)    Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

(b)    Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

(c)    Asks students some questions on the passage.

(d)   Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

(a)    Reads the paragraphs.

(b)   Retells the passage.

(c)    Answers the questions.

(d)   Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

(a)    Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                           READING

 COMPREHENSION

DISABILITY IS NOT INABILITY  

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

FORM ONE LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ___________________________CLASS: FORM 1_______________

DATE: _______________________DAY:__________________WEEK:_____ LESSON: _____________

SKILL/TOPIC: GRAMMAR

SUB-TOPIC: Adjectives

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)        Define an adjective.

(b)        Use adjectives in sentences of their own.

T/L RESOURCES: Chart showing adjectives

REFERENCES: Secondary English Bk 1 Pg 82-84

  • Head Start English Bk 1, New Integrated English Bk 1, Teacher’s Guides
PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)    Writes a sentence with an adjective.

(b)    Asks learners to identify the adjective.

(c)    Tells them that they will be learning adjectives.

(a)    Reads the sentence.

(b)   Identifies the adjective.

(c)    Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30     minutes

(a)    Writes more sentences.

(b)    Explains more examples of adjectives.

(c)     Displays the chart with the adjectives.

(d)   Groups the learners and issues the handout with a paragraph.

(e)   Asks learners identify the adjectives.

(a)    Identifies adjectives.

(b)   Listens and seeks clarification.

(c)    Identifies their components.

(d)   Identifies adjectives.

(e)   Uses the words in sentences.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)    Asks students to use adjectives learnt in sentences.

(b)    Gives an exercise.

(a)    Uses them in sentences.

(b)    Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 1

                                                        GRAMMAR

Adjectives

COMMENTS:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

CHEMISTRY NOTES FORM 3 PDF

 UNIT 2: NITROGEN AND ITS COMPOUNDS.

Unit checklist.

  1. Introduction
  2. Preparation of nitrogen
  • Isolation from air
  • Isolation from liquid air
  • Laboratory preparation
  • Preparation from ammonia
  • Properties of nitrogen
  • Oxides of nitrogen
    • Nitrogen (I) oxide
    • Nitrogen (II) oxide
    • Nitrogen (IV) oxide

GET THE FREE PDF NOTES HERE; Free Chemistry notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more

  1. Action of heat on nitrates.
  2. Ammonia gas
  • Preparation
  • Laboratory preparation
  • Preparation from caustic soda
  • Test for ammonia
  • Fountain experiment
  • Properties and reactions of ammonia
  • Large scale manufacture of ammonia gas: the Haber process
  • Uses of ammonia
  1. Nitric (V) acid
  • Laboratory preparation
  • Industrial manufacture of nitric (V) acid: The Otswald’s process.
  • Reactions of dilute nitric acid
  • Reactions of concentrated nitric acid
  • Uses of nitric acid
  1. Test for nitrates.
  2. Pollution effects of nitrogen and its compounds
  3. Reducing pollution environmental pollution by nitrogen compounds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Introduction:

– About 78% of air is nitrogen, existing as N2 molecules.

– The two atoms in the molecules are firmly held together.

– Nitrogen does not take part in many chemical reactions due to its low reactivity.

– Its presence in air dilutes oxygen and slows down respiration, burning and rusting.

 

Preparation of nitrogen.

(a). Isolation from air.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure.

– Air is driven out of the aspirator by passing water into the aspirator from a tap.

– The air is the passed through a wash bottle containing concentrated potassium hydroxide solution.

Reason:

– To remove carbon (IV) oxide from air.

 

Equations:

2KOH(aq) + CO2(g)                   K2CO3(aq) + H2O(l)

 

Then

K2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)                     2KHCO3(aq)

 

Thus;

KOH(aq) + CO2(g)                     KHCO3(aq)

 

– The carbon (IV) oxide-free air is then passed into a combustion tube with heated copper metal.

Reason:

– To remove oxygen from the air.

 

Note:

In this reaction the brown copper metal is oxidized to black copper (II) oxide.

 

Equation:

2Cu(s) + O2(g)                  2CuO(s)

Brown                                                Black

 

Note:

– Alternatively oxygen can be removed by passing the carbon (IV) oxide-free air through pyrogallic acid.

– The remaining part of air is mainly nitrogen and is collected over water.

 

Note:

– Nitrogen obtained by this method contains noble gases like xenon, argon etc as impurities.

– Purer nitrogen may be obtained by heating ammonium nitrite.

 

Equation:

NH4NO3(s)       Heat       N2(g) + 2H2O(g)

 

Summary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b). Removal from liquid air.

– Liquid air is primarily a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen with small amounts of noble gases.

– This method involves manufacture of liquid air and consequent fractional distillation.

 

The chemical process.

Step 1: removal of dust particles.

– Dust particles are first removed by either of the two processes:

  • Electrostatic precipitation

(i). Electrostatic precipitation:

– Air is passed through oppositely charged plates hence an electric field.

– Dust particles (charged) are consequently attracted to plates of opposite charges.

 

Diagram: electrostatic precipitation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Filtration:

– The air is passed through a series of filters which traps dust particles as the air is forced through.

 

Step 2: removal of carbon (IV) oxide.

– The dust-free air is passed through a solution of potassium hydroxide; to remove carbon (IV) oxide.

 

Equations:

2KOH(aq) + CO2(g)                        K2CO3(aq) + H2O(l)

 

Then:

K2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)                 2KHCO3(aq)

(Excess)

– Alternatively, sodium hydroxide may be used in place of potassium hydroxide.

 

Step 3: Removal of water vapour.

– The dustless, carbon (IV) oxide-free air is next passed into a chamber with concentrated sulphuric acid or anhydrous calcium chloride in which water vapour is separated and removed.

 

Note:

To remove water vapour, air may be alternatively passed into a freezing chamber where it is condensed at -25oC.

– The water vapour solidifies and is then absorbed by silica gel and separated out.

– Air is freed from carbon (IV) oxide, water vapour and dust particles (before compression) so as to prevent blockage of the pipes caused by  solid materials at liquefaction temperatures i.e. carbon (IV) oxide and water vapour form solids which may block the collection pipes.

 

Step 4: Liquification of air.

– The air free from dust, carbon (IV) oxide and water vapour is then compressed at about 200 atmospheres, cooled and allowed to expand through fine jet.

– This sudden expansion causes further cooling and the gases eventually liquefy.

– The liquid is tapped off through a valve while gas which has escaped liquefaction returns to the compressor.

– Liquid air is a transparent pale blue liquid.

– This liquid is then fractionally distilled.

 

Step 5: Fractional distillation of liquid air.

– The boiling point of nitrogen is -196oC (77K) and that of oxygen is -183oC (90K).

– Consequently when liquid air is allowed to warm up, the nitrogen boils off first and the remaining liquid becomes richer in oxygen.

– The top of the fractionating column is a few degrees cooler than the bottom.

– Oxygen, the liquid with the higher boiling point (-183oC) collects at the bottom as the liquid.

– The gas at the top of the column is nitrogen which ahs a lower boiling point.

– The more easily vapourised nitrogen is taken off.

– This way about 99.57% nitrogen is obtained.

 

Note:

– The separation of nitrogen and oxygen from air is a proof that air is a mixture and not a compound.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary: Fractional distillation of liquid air.

AIR

 

 

 

 

Step 1: Elimination of dust by Filtration

and electrostatic precipitation

 

 

 

 

Step 2: CO2 removal, pass dust free air

through KOH or NaOH

 

 

 

 

 

Step 3: Removal of water vapour; through

condensation -25oC) or conc. H2SO4

 

 

 

 

 

Recycling                        Step 4: Compression at approximately 200

atmospheres; cooling and expansion of air

 

 

 

 

 

Step 5: Fractional distillation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c). Laboratory preparation method.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Concentrated solutions of sodium nitrite and ammonium chloride are heated together in a round bottomed flask.

 

(iii). Observations.

– Colourless gas (nitrogen) is evolved rapidly and is collected over water.

 

(iv). Equation.

NaNO2(aq) + NH4Cl(aq)            heat       NaCl(aq) + N2(g) + 2H2O(l).

 

Note: the resultant gas is less dense than that isolated from air.

Reason:

– It does not contain impurities.

 

(d). Preparation from ammonia.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Dry ammonia gas is passed over a heated metal oxide e.g. copper metal.

– The metal oxide is reduced to the metal while ammonia gas is itself oxidized to nitrogen and water.

– Water is condensed and collected in a u-tube immersed in ice cubes.

– Nitrogen produced is collected over water.

 

(iii). Observations and explanations.

  • Copper (II) oxide:

3CuO(s) + 2NH3(g)                           3Cu(s) + N2(g) + 3H2O(l)

(Black)                                                                            (Brown)    (Colourless)

 

  • Zinc (II) oxide

3ZnO(s) + 2NH3(g)                           3Zn(s) + N2(g) + 3H2O(l)

(Yellow-hot)                                                                  (Grey)    (Colourless)

(White-cold)

 

  • Lead (II) oxide

3PbO(s) + 2NH3(g)                           3Cu(s) + N2(g) + 3H2O(l)

(Red-hot)                                                                      (Grey)    (Colourless)

(Yellow-cold)

 

 

 

Properties of nitrogen.

(a). Physical properties.

  1. It is a colourless, odourless and tasteless gas; almost completely insoluble in water.
  2. Slightly lighter than air.

 

(b). Chemical properties.

  1. It is inert (unreactive)

Reason:

– The inert nature of nitrogen is due to the strong covalent bonds between the two nitrogen atoms in the molecule; N2.

 

Structurally;

 

 

 

 

 

 

– In air, it neither burns nor supports combustion and acts mainly as a diluent for the oxygen; slowing down the rate of burning.

 

Chemical test for nitrogen.

– A gas is proved to be nitrogen by elimination: –

  • It extinguishes a lighted splint and dos not burn; hence it is not oxygen, hydrogen or carbon (II) oxide.
  • It has neither smell nor colour; and therefore is not chlorine, ammonia, sulphur (IV) oxide or hydrogen chloride.
  • It does not form a white precipitate in lime water, and so it is not carbon (IV) oxide.
  • It is neutral to litmus and therefore cannot be carbon (IV) oxide, hydrogen sulphide, ammonia, hydrogen chloride

 

  1. Reaction with hydrogen.

– Under special conditions (i.e. high pressure, low temperatures and presence of iron catalyst), nitrogen combines with hydrogen to produce ammonia.

Equation:

N2(g) + 3H2(g)                2NH3(g)

 

– This reaction forms the basis of Haber process used in the manufacture of ammonia.

 

  1. Reaction with burning magnesium.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– A piece of burning magnesium ribbon is introduced into a gas jar full of nitrogen.

 

(iii). Observations:

– The magnesium ribbon continues to burn and a white solid; magnesium nitride is formed.

 

Equation:

3Mg(s) + N2(g)     Heat     Mg3N2(s)

 

Note:

– When magnesium nitride is treated with water or a solution of sodium hydroxide; the characteristic pungent smell of ammonia can be detected.

 

Equations:

In water

Mg3N2(s) + 6H2O(l)                   2NH3(g) + 3Mg(OH)2(aq)

 

In sodium hydroxide:

Mg3N2(s) + NaOH(aq)     

 

  1. Reaction with oxygen.

– When nitrogen and oxygen in air are passed through an electric arc small quantities of nitrogen (II) oxide are formed.

Equation:

N2(g) + O2(g)                      2NO(g)

 

Note:

– Nitrogen reacts with oxygen under various conditions to give different types of nitrogen oxides.

 

Uses of nitrogen

  1. Used in the Haber process in the manufacture of ammonia.
  2. Due to its inert nature, it is mixed with argon to fill electric bulbs (to avoid soot formation).
  3. In liquid state it is used as an inert refrigerant e.g. storage of semen for artificial insemination.
  4. Due to its inert nature, it is used in food preservation particularly for canned products i.e. it prevents combination of oxygen and oil which tends to enhance rusting.
  5. It is used in oil field operation called enhanced oil recovery where it helps to force oil from subterranean deposits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oxides of nitrogen.

– The three main oxides of nitrogen are:

  • Nitrogen (I) oxide, N2O
  • Nitrogen (II) oxide, NO
  • Nitrogen (IV) oxide, NO2

 

  1. Nitrogen (I) oxide.

Preparation of nitrogen (I) oxide, N2O

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Ammonium nitrate is gently heated in a boiling tube and gas produced collected over warm water.

– Heating is stopped while excess ammonium nitrate still remains.

Reason:

– To avoid chances of an explosion.

 

(iii). Observations:

– The solid (ammonium nitrate) melts and gives off nitrogen (I) oxide which is collected over warm water.

Reasons:

– Nitrogen (I) oxide is slightly soluble in cold water.

 

(iv). Equation:

NH4NO3(s)       Heat       NO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

 

Properties:

  1. It is a colourless gas, denser than air, fairly soluble in cold water and neutral to litmus.
  2. It supports combustion by oxidizing elements like sulphur, magnesium and phosphorus under strong heat.

Equations:

N2O(g) + Mg(s)    Heat     MgO(s) + N2(g)

 

2N2O(g) + S(s)     Heat     SO2(g) + 2N2(g)

 

2N2O(g) + C(s)     Heat     CO2(g) + 2N2(g)

 

5N2O(g) + 2P(s)   Heat     P2O5(g) + 5N2(g)

 

  1. Magnesium decomposes the gas and continues to burn in it.

Equation:

N2O(g) + Mg(s)    Heat     MgO(s) + N2(g)

 

  1. When exposed over red-hot finely divided copper it is reduced to nitrogen.

Equation:

N2O(g) + Cu(s)     Heat     CuO(s) + N2(g)

 

  1. Chemical test.
  • It relights a glowing splint.

Note:

  • It can be distinguished from oxygen by the following tests:
  • It has a sweet sickly smell; oxygen is odourless.
  • It will not give brown fumes (NO2) with nitrogen (II) oxide; oxygen does.
  • It is fairly soluble in cold water; oxygen is insoluble.
  • It extinguishes feebly burning sulphur; oxygen does not.

 

Uses of nitrogen (I) oxide.

– It was formerly used in hospitals as an aesthetic for dental surgery but has since been discontinued due to availability of more efficient anaesthetics.

 

Note:

– Nitrogen (I) oxide is also called laughing gas; because patients regaining consciousness from its effects may laugh hysterically.

 

  1. Nitrogen (II) oxide, NO.

Preparation:

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Action of heat on 50% concentrated nitric acid on copper turnings.

– Not any heat is required.

 

Equation:

3Cu(s) + 8HNO3(aq)                              3Cu(NO3)2(aq) + 4H2O(l) + 2NO(g)

 

(iii). Observations:

– An effervescence occurs in the flask; with brown fumes because the nitrogen (II) oxide produced reacts with oxygen of the air in the flask to form a brown gas, nitrogen (IV) oxide.

 

Equation:

2NO(g) + O2(g)              2NO2(g)

Colourless    Colourless                   Brown

 

– The brown fumes eventually disappear and the gas collected over water.

– The NO2 fumes dissolve in the water in the trough, resulting into an acidic solution of nitrous acid.

– The residue in the flask is a green solution of copper (II) nitrate.

– Industrially, the gas is obtained when ammonia reacts with oxygen in the presence of platinum catalyst.

– This is the first stage in the production of nitric acid.

 

(v). Properties.

  1. It is a colourless, insoluble and neutral to litmus. It is also slightly denser than air.
  2. Readily combines with oxygen in air and forms brown fumes of nitrogen (IV) oxide.
  3. Does not support combustion except in the case of strongly burning magnesium and phosphorus; which continues to burn in it, thereby reducing it i.e. it is an oxidizing agent.

 

Example:

2Mg(s) + 2NO(g)                       2MgO(s) + N2(g)

 

4P(s) + 10NO(g)             2P2O5(s) + 5N2(g)

 

  1. When passed over red-hot finely divided copper, it is reduced to nitrogen gas.

 

Equation:

2Cu(s) + 2NO(g)                        2CuO(s) + N2(g)

 

  1. Reaction with iron (II) sulphate.

– When iron (II) sulphate solution (freshly prepared) is poured into a gas jar of nitrogen (II) oxide, a dark brown colouration of Nitroso-iron (II) sulphate is obtained.

 

Equation:

FeSO4(aq) + NO(g)                                 FeSO4.NO(aq)

Green solution                                                                         Dark brown

                                                                                                    (Nitroso-iron (II) sulphate/ nitrogen (II) oxide iron (II) sulphate complex)

 

  1. It is also a reducing agent.

 

Equation:

Cl2(g) + 2NO(g)                       2ClNO(l)

Chloro nitrogen (II) oxide.

 

  1. Reaction with hydrogen.

– When electrically sparked with hydrogen, NO is reduced to nitrogen.

 

Equation:

2H2(g) + 2NO(g)          2H2O(l) + N2(g)

 

Chemical test:

– When exposed to air, nitrogen (II) oxide forms brown fumes of nitrogen (IV) oxide.

 

Uses of Nitrogen (II) oxide.

Note: –It is not easy to handle owing to its ease of oxidation.

  1. It is an intermediate material in the manufacture of nitric acid

 

  1. Nitrogen (IV) oxide.

Preparation:

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Action of conc. Nitric acid on copper metal.

 

Equation:

Cu(s) + 4HNO3(l)                              Cu(NO3)2(aq) + 2NO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

 

Note:

– NO2 is also prepared by the action of heat on nitrates of heavy metals like lead nitrate.

– NO2 is given off together with oxygen when nitrates of heavy metals are heated.

– It is best prepared by heating lead (II) nitrate in a hard glass test tube.

  • Lead (II) nitrate is the most suitable because it crystallizes without water of crystallization (like other nitrates) which would interfere with preparation of nitrogen (IV) oxide that is soluble in water.

– The gas evolved passes into a U-tube immersed in an ice-salt mixture.

 

  • Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Equation:

2Pb(NO3)2(s)                         2PbO(s) + 4NO2(g) + O2(g)

  • Observations:

– The heated white lead (II) nitrate crystals decompose and decrepitates (cracking sound) to yield red lead (II) oxide; which turns yellow on cooling.

– A colourless gas, oxygen is liberated, followed immediately by brown fumes of nitrogen (IV) oxide.

– Nitrogen (IV) oxide is condensed as a yellow liquid; dinitrogen tetroxide (N2O4); and is collected in the U-tube.

 

Note:

– At room temperature, nitrogen (IV) oxide consists of nitrogen (IV) oxide and dinitrogen tetroxide in equilibrium with each other.

 

Equation:
2NO2(g)                                    N2O4(g)

(Nitrogen (IV) oxide)                                       (Dinitrogen tetroxide)

 

– The oxygen being liberated does not condense because it ahs a low boiling point of -183oC.

 

Properties of nitrogen (IV) oxide.

  1. Red-brown gas with a pungent chocking smell
  2. It is extremely poisonous.
  3. It is acidic, hence turns moist litmus paper red.
  4. When reacted with water, the brown fumes dissolve showing that it is readily soluble in water.

 

Equation:

2NO2(g) + H2O(l)                           HNO3(aq) + HNO2(aq)

(Nitric (V) acid)     (Nitrous (III) acid)When liquid nitrogen

 

– Like carbonic (IV) acid, nitrous (III) acid could not be isolated. It is easily oxidized to nitric (V) acid.

 

Equation:

2NHO2(aq) + O2(g)                         2NHO3(aq)

(Nitric (III) acid)                                                (Nitrous (V) acid)

 

  1. Reaction with magnesium.

– Nitrogen (IV) oxide does not support combustion.

– However burning magnesium continues to burn in it.

Reason:

– The high heat of combustion of burning magnesium decomposes the nitrogen (IV) oxide to nitrogen and oxygen; the oxygen then supports the burning of the magnesium.

 

Equation:

4MgO(s) + 2NO2(g)                               4MgO(s) + 2N2(g)

 

Note:

– Generally nitrogen (IV) oxide oxidizes hot metals and non-metals to oxides and itself reduced to nitrogen gas.

Examples:

(i). Copper:

4Cu(s) + 2NO2(g)                                   4CuO(s) + N2(g)

 

(ii). Phosphorus:

8P(s) + 10NO2(g)                           4P2O5(s) + 5N2(g)

(iii). Sulphur:

2S(s) + 2NO2(g)                        2SO2(g) + N2(g)

 

Note:

– NO2 reacts with burning substances because the heat decomposes it to NO2 and O2.

 

Equation:

2NO2(g)      Heat        2NO(g) + O2(g)

 

– This is the oxidizing property of nitrogen (IV) oxide.

– The resultant oxygen supports the burning.

 

  1. Effects of heat:

– On heating, nitrogen (IV) oxide dissociates to nitrogen (II) oxide and oxygen and will support a burning splint.

 

Equation:

2NO2(g)       Heat          2NO(g) + O2(g)

 

  1. – When liquid nitrogen (IV) oxide or dinitrogen tetroxide is warmed, it produces a pale brown vapour.

– This is due to the reversible set of reactions:

Heat                                                                    Heat

N2O4(l)                                     2NO2(g)                                    2NO(g)     +    O2(g)

(Dinitrogen tetroxide)      Cool                (Nitrogen (IV) oxide)               Cool               (Nitrogen (II) oxide)   (Oxygen)

Pale yellow                                                               Brown                                                               

          Colourless

– Percentage of each in the equilibrium depends on temperature.

– At low temperatures, percentage of N2O4 is high and the mixture is pale yellow in colour.

– Percentage of nitrogen (IV) oxide increases with increase in temperature and the colour darkens till at 150oC when the gas is entirely NO2 and is almost black.

– Still at higher temperatures, nitrogen (IV) oxide dissociates into colourless gas (NO and O2).

 

  1. Reaction with alkalis.

– A solution of aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to a gas jar of nitrogen (IV) oxide and shaken.

 

Observation:

– The brown fumes disappear.

 

Explanation:

– Formation of sodium nitrate and sodium nitrite.

 

Equation:

2NaOH(aq) + 2NO2(g)                  2NaNO3(g) + NaNO2(aq) + H2O(l)

 

Ionically:

2OH(aq) + 2NO2(g)                        NO3(aq) + NO2(aq) + H2O(l)

 

Conclusion:

Nitrogen (IV) oxide is an acidic gas because it can react with an alkali.

 

 

 

Uses of nitrogen (IV) oxide.

  1. Mainly used in the manufacture of nitric (V) acid.

 

Summary on comparison between oxides of nitrogen.

 

  Nitrogen (I) oxide Nitrogen (II) oxide Nitrogen (IV) oxide
Colour – Colourless gas

– Sweet sickly smell

– Colourless; turns brown in air;

– Odourless

– Red brown gas;

– Choking pungent smell;

2. Solubility – Fairly soluble in cold water; but less soluble in hot water; – Almost insoluble in water – Readily soluble in water to form nitric (V) acid and nitrous (III) acid;
3. Action on litmus – Neutral to litmus – Neutral to litmus – Turns moist blue litmus paper red; i.e. acidic.
4. Combustion – Supports combustion; relights a glowing splint; – Does not support combustion; – Does not support combustion.
5. Density – Denser than air – Slightly denser than air – Denser than air;
6. Raw materials and conditions – Ammonium nitrate and heat; – Copper and 50% nitric acid; – Copper metal and concentrated nitric acid;

 

Action of heat on nitrates.

– All nitrates except ammonium nitrate decompose on heating tom produce oxygen gas as one of the products.

– Nitrates can be categorized into 4 categories based on the products formed when they are heated.

The ease with which nitrates decompose increases down the electrochemical series of metals.

 

  1. Nitrates of metals higher in the electrochemical series like sodium and potassium decompose on heating to give the corresponding metal nitrite and oxygen.

 

Examples:

2NaNO3(s)        Heat    2NaNO2(s) +  O2(g)

 

2KNO3(s)          Heat    2KNO2(s) +  O2(g)

 

  1. Nitrates of most other metals (heavy metals) that are average in the electrochemical series decompose on heating to give the metals oxide; nitrogen (IV) oxide and oxygen gas.

 

Example: action of heat on lead (II) nitrate.

(i). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Solid white lead (II) nitrate crystals are strongly heated in a boiling (ignition) tube.

Products are passed into a U- tube immerse in ice.

– Excess gases are channeled out to a fume chamber.

 

(iii). Observations:

– The white crystalline solid decrepitates.

– A colourless gas (oxygen) is liberated and immediately followed by a red brown fumes/ gas (nitrogen (IV) oxide).

– A pale yellow liquid (dinitrogen tetroxide) condenses in the U-tube in the ice cubes.

– This is due to condensation of nitrogen (IV) oxide.

– A residue which is red when hot and yellow on cooling remains in the boiling (ignition) tube

 

Equation:

2Pb(NO3)2(s)      Heat       2PbO(s) + 4NO2(g) + O2(g)

(White crystalline solid)                 (Red-hot            Brown Fumes     Colourless gas
yellow-cold)

 

Further examples:

 

2Ca(NO3)2(s)      Heat       2CaO(s)  +   4NO2(g)   +  O2(g)

(White solid)                                   (White solid)      Brown Fumes     Colourless gas

2Mg(NO3)2(s)     Heat       2MgO(s) + 4NO2(g)   +  O2(g)

(White solid)                                  (White solid)       Brown Fumes     Colourless gas

2Zn(NO3)2(s)      Heat       2ZnO(s)  +  4NO2(g)    +   O2(g)

(White solid)                                    (Yellow-hot       Brown Fumes      Colourless gas
White-cold)

 

2Cu(NO3)2(s)      Heat       2CuO(s)   +  4NO2(g)   +   O2(g)

(Blue solid)                                     (Black solid)       Brown Fumes     Colourless gas

Note:

– Some nitrates are hydrated and when heated first give out their water of crystallization; and then proceed to as usual on further heating.

 

Examples:

 

Ca(NO3)2.4H2O(s)          Heat       Ca(NO3)2(s)  +   4H2O(g) 

(White solid)                                                       (White solid)             Colourless gas

On further heating;

 

2Ca(NO3)2(s)      Heat       2CaO(s)  +   4NO2(g)   +  O2(g)

(White solid)                                   (White solid)      Brown Fumes     Colourless gas

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Nitrates of metals lower in the reactivity series e.g. mercury and silver decompose on heating to give the metal, nitrogen (IV) oxide and oxygen.

 

Example:

 

Hg(NO3)2(s)       Heat       Hg(s)  +   2NO2(g)   +  O2(g)

(White solid)                                                          Brown Fumes     Colourless gas

2AgNO3(s)          Heat       2Ag(s) +  2NO2(g)   +  O2(g)

(White solid)                                                        Brown Fumes     Colourless gas

  1. Ammonium nitrate decomposes to nitrogen (I) oxide and water vapour.

 

Example:

NH4NO3(s)         Heat       N2O(g)   +  O2(g)

                                                     Colourless gas    Colourless gas
Note:

This reaction is potentially dangerous as ammonium nitrate explodes on strong heating.

 

Ammonia.

– Is a compound of nitrogen and hydrogen and is the most important hydride of nitrogen.

– It is formed when any ammonium salt is heated with an alkali whether in solid or solution form.

– It is a colourless gas with a pungent smell of urine.

– It is alkaline and turns moist red litmus paper to blue when introduced to it.

 

Laboratory preparation of ammonia.

(i). Reagents.

Base + ammonium salt                     NH3(g) + H2O(l)

 

(ii). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii). Procedure.

– Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl)/ sal-ammoniac is mixed with a little dry slaked lime i.e. Ca(OH)2 and the mixture thoroughly ground in a mortar.

Reason:

– To increase surface area for the reactions.

 

– The mixture is then heated in a round-bottomed flask.

Note:

– A round-bottomed flask ensures uniform distribution of heat while heating the reagents.

– The flask should not be thin-walled.

Reason:

The pressure of ammonia gas liberated during heating may easily crack or break it.

 

– The flask is positioned slanting downwards.

Reason:

– So that as water condenses from the reaction, it does not run back to the hot parts of the flask and crack it.

– The mixture on heating produces ammonia, calcium chloride and water.

 

Equation:

Ca(OH)2(s) + NH4Cl(s)                   CaCl2(aq) + 2NH3(g) + 2H2O(g)

(Slaked lime)

 

(iv). Drying:

– Ammonia is dried by passing it through a tower or U-tube filled with quicklime (calcium oxide) or pellets of caustic potash but not caustic soda which is deliquescent.

 

Note:

Ammonia cannot be dried with the usual drying agents; concentrated sulphuric acid and calcium chloride as it reacts with them.

  • With concentrated sulphuric acid.

2NH3(g) + H2SO4(l)                      (NH4)2SO4(aq)

 

  • With fused calcium chloride:

CaCl2(aq) + 4NH3(g)                  CaCl2.4NH3(s)

 

– i.e. ammonia reacts forming complex ammonium salt.

 

(v). Collection:

– Dry ammonia gas is collected by upward delivery.

Reasons:

– It is lighter than air.

– It is soluble in water.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other methods of preparing ammonia.

 

(b). Ammonia from caustic soda (sodium hydroxide) or caustic potash (potassium hydroxide)

Note:

– The slaked lime is replaced by either of the above solutions.

– Thus the solid reactant is ammonium chloride and the liquid reactant is potassium hydroxide.

 

(i). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– The flask is not slanted. It is vertical and heated on a tripod stand and wire gauze.

Reason:

– No need of slanting since water produced is in liquid form and not gaseous. Thus there is no possibility of condensation of water on hotter parts.

 

Equations:

(i). With caustic soda:

NaOH(aq) + NH4Cl(s)                NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

Ionically;

Na+(aq) + OH(aq) + NH4Cl(s)               Na+(aq) + Cl(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

Hence; NH4Cl(s) + OH(aq)                Cl(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

(ii). With caustic potash:

KOH(aq) + NH4Cl(s)                  KCl(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

Ionically;

K+(aq) + OH(aq) + NH4Cl(s)                 K+(aq) + Cl(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

Hence; NH4Cl(s) + OH(aq)                Cl(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

 

 

 

 

Note:

Ammonium sulphate could be used in place of ammonium chloride in either case.

 

Equations:

 

(i). With caustic soda:

2NaOH(aq) + (NH4)2SO4(s)            Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l) + 2NH3(g)

 

Ionically;

2Na+(aq) + 2OH(aq) + (NH4)2SO4(s)                   2Na+(aq) + SO42-(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

Hence; (NH4)2SO4(s) + 2OH(aq)               SO42-(aq) + 2H2O(l) + 2NH3(g)

 

(ii). With caustic potash:

2KOH(aq) + (NH4)2SO4(s)              K2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l) + 2NH3(g)

 

Ionically;

2K+(aq) + 2OH(aq) + (NH4)2SO4(s)                     2K+(aq) + SO42-(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

Hence; (NH4)2SO4(s) + 2OH(aq)               SO42-(aq) + 2H2O(l) + 2NH3(g)

 

(iii). With calcium hydroxide:

Ca(OH)2(aq) + (NH4)2SO4(s)             CaSO4(aq) + 2H2O(l) + 2NH3(g)

 

Ionically;

Ca2+(aq) + 2OH(aq) + (NH4)2SO4(s)                    Ca2+(aq) + SO42-(aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g)

 

Hence; (NH4)2SO4(s) + 2OH(aq)                 SO42-(aq) + 2H2O(l) + 2NH3(g)

 

Note:

Reaction with calcium hydroxide however stops prematurely, almost as soon as the reaction starts.

Reason;

– Formation of insoluble calcium sulphate which coats the ammonium sulphate preventing further reaction.

 

Preparation of ammonium solution.

(i). Apparatus.

 

(ii). Procedure:

– The apparatus is altered as above.

– The drying tower is removed and the gas produced is directly passed into water by an inverted funnel.

 

Reasons for the inverted broad funnel.

– It increases the surface area for the dissolution of thereby preventing water from “sucking back” into the hot flask and hence prevents chances of an explosion.

 

(iii). Equation.

NH3(g) + H2O(l)           NH4OH(aq)

 

Note:

– The solution cannot be prepared by leading the gas directly to water by the delivery tube.

Reason:

– Ammonia gas is very soluble in water and so water would rush up the delivery tube and into the hot flask causing it to crack.

– The rim of the inverted funnel is just below the water surface.

 

Tests for ammonia.

  1. It is a colourless gas with a pungent smell.
  2. It is the only common gas that is alkaline as it turns moist red litmus paper blue.
  3. When ammonia is brought into contact with hydrogen chloride gas, dense white fumes of ammonium chloride are formed.

 

Equation:

NH3(g) + HCl(g)                                 NH4Cl(s)

 

Fountain experiment.

(i). Diagram:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Dry ammonia is collected in a round-bottomed flask and set up as above.

– The clip is open and solution let to rise up the tube.

– The clip is closed when the solution reaches the top of the tube after which it is again opened fro a while.

 

(iii). Observations and explanations.

– When a drop of water gets to the jet, it dissolves so much of the ammonia gas that a partial vacuum is created inside the flask.

– As the ammonia in the flask dissolves, the pressure in the flask is greatly reduced.

– The atmospheric pressure on the water surface in the beaker forces water into the flask vigorously.

– The drawn-out jet of the tube causes a fountain to be produced.

– The fountain appears blue due to the alkaline nature of ammonia.

 

(iv). Caution:

– Ammonia is highly soluble in water forming an alkaline solution of ammonium hydroxide.

 

Note:

1 volume of water dissolves about 750 volumes of ammonia at room temperature.

 

Properties and reactions of ammonia.

  1. Smell: has a characteristic pungent smell.
  2. Solubility: it is highly soluble in water. The dissolved ammonia molecule reacts partially with water to form ammonium ions (NH4+) and hydroxyl ions (OH)

 

Equation:

NH3(g) + H2O(l)                       NH4+(aq) + OH(aq)

 

– Formation of hydroxyl ions means that the aqueous solution of ammonia is (weakly) alkaline and turns universal indicator purple.

 

  1. Reaction with acids.

– Sulphuric acid and concentrated ammonia solution are put in a dish and heated slowly.

– The mixture is evaporated to dryness.

 

Observations:

– A white solid is formed.

 

Equation:

2NH4OH(aq) + H2SO4(aq)                             (NH4)2SO4(aq) + H2O(l)

 

Ionically:

2NH4+(aq) + 2OH(aq) + 2H+(aq) + SO42-(aq)                    2NH4+(aq) + SO42-(aq) + 2H+(aq) + 2OH(aq) + H2O(l).

 

Then;

2H+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                    2H2O(l)

 

– To some of the resultant white solid, a little NaOH(aq) was added and the mixture warmed.

– The gas evolved was tested fro ammonia.

 

Observation:

– The resultant gas tested positive for ammonia.

 

Equation:

(NH4)2SO4(s) + 2NaOH(aq)                   Na2SO4(aq) + 2NH3(g) + 2H2O(l).

 

 

Explanations:

– Evolution of ammonia shows that the white solid formed is an ammonium salt.

– The ammonia reacts with acids to from ammonium salt and water only.

 

Further examples:
HCl(aq) + NH4OH(aq)                      NH4Cl(aq) + H2O(l)

 

HNO3(aq) + NH4OH(aq)                   NH4NO3(aq) + H2O(l)

 

Ionic equation:

NH3(g) + H+(aq)                         NH4+(aq)

 

  1. Reaction of ammonia with oxygen.

– Ammonia extinguishes a lighted taper because it dos not support burning.

– It is non-combustible.

– However it burns in air enriched with oxygen with a green-yellow flame.

 

Experiment: Burning ammonia in oxygen.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Dry oxygen is passed in the U-tube for a while to drive out air.

– Dry ammonia gas is then passed into the tube.

– A lighted splint is then passed into the tube.

 

(iii). Observations:

– A colourless gas is liberated.

– Droplets of a colourless liquid collect on cooler parts of the tube.

 

(iv). Explanations:

– The conditions for the reactions are:

  • Dry ammonia and oxygen gas i.e. the gases must be dry.
  • All air must be driven out of the tube.

– Ammonia burns continuously in oxygen (air enriched with oxygen) forming nitrogen and water vapour i.e. ammonia is oxidized as hydrogen is removed from it leaving nitrogen.

 

Equation:

4NH3(g) + 3O2(g)                                   2N2(g) + 6H2O(g)

 

 

 

Sample question:

Suggest the role of glass wool in the tube.

 

Solution:

– To slow down the escape of oxygen in the combustion tube, thus providing more time for combustion of ammonia.

 

  1. Ammonia as a reducing agent.

– It reduces oxides of metals below iron in the reactivity series.

 

Experiment: reaction between ammonia and copper (II) oxide.

(i). Apparatus.

Ice cubes

(ii). Procedure:

– Copper (II) oxide is heated strongly and dry ammonia is passed over it.

– The products are then passed through a U-tube immersed in cold water (ice cubes).

 

(iii). Observations.

– The copper (II) oxide glows as the reaction is exothermic.

– A colourless liquid collects in the U-tube.

– A colourless gas is collected over water.

– The black copper (II) oxide changes to brown copper metal.

 

(iv). Explanations.

– Ammonia gas reduces copper (II) oxide to copper and is itself oxidized to nitrogen and water.

 

Equation:

3CuO(s) + 2NH3(g)                                3Cu(s) + 3H2O(l) + N2(g)

Black                                                                                         red-brown                        (colourless)

 

– The water produced condenses in the U-tube immersed in cold (ice) water.

– The resultant nitrogen is collected by downward displacement of water.

– The nitrogen gas collected is ascertained indirectly as follows:

  • A lighted splint is extinguished and the gas does not burn; thus it is not oxygen, hydrogen, or carbon (II) oxide.
  • It has neither smell nor colour; it is not ammonia, chlorine, sulphur (IV) oxide or nitrogen (IV) oxide.
  • It is not carbon (II) oxide because it does not turn lime water into a white precipitate.

 

 

Note:

– This experiment proves that ammonia contains nitrogen.

 

  1. Reaction with chlorine.

(i). Procedure:

– Ammonia gas is passed into a bell jar containing chlorine.

 

(ii). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii). Observations:

– The ammonia catches fire and burns for a while at the end of the tube.

– The flame then goes out and the jar then gets filled with dense white fumes of ammonium chloride.

 

Equations:

2NH3(g) + 3Cl2(g)                      6HCl(g) + N2(g)

 

Then;

6HCl(g) + 6NH3(g)                     6NH4Cl(s)

 

Overall equation:

8NH3(g) + 3Cl2(g)                             6NH4Cl(s) + N2(g)

 

  1. Ammonia solution as an alkali.

– Solution of ammonia in water contains hydroxyl ions.

 

Equation:

NH3(g) + H2O(l)             NH4+(aq) + OH(aq)

 

– Thus it has many properties of a typical alkali.

– Ammonia salts are similar to metallic salts.

– The group (NH4+) precipitates in the reaction as a whole without splitting in any way.

– It exhibits unit valency in its compounds and therefore called a basic radical.

 

Note:

– It cannot exist freely as ammonia gas (NH3) which is a compound.

– Like other alkalis, ammonia solution precipitates insoluble metallic hydroxides by double decomposition when mixed with solution of salts of the metals.

 

 

 

 

  1. Reaction with air in the presence of platinum wire.

(i). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Concentrated ammonia solution is put in a conical flask.

– The platinum (or even copper) wire is heated until white-hot.

– Oxygen gas or air is then passed through the ammonia solution.

– The red-hot platinum (copper) wire is then put into the flask containing the concentrated ammonia.

 

(iii). Observations:

– The hot platinum wire glows.

– Red-brown fumes are evolved.

 

(iv). Explanations:

– The hot platinum coil glows when it comes into contact with the ammonia fumes, which come from the concentrated ammonia solution.

– Reaction between ammonia and oxygen takes place on the surface of the platinum wire that acts a s a catalyst.

– A lot of heat is produced in the reaction that enables the platinum coil to continue glowing.

– Ammonia is oxidized to nitrogen (IV) oxide.

 

Equation:

4NH3(g) + 5O2(g)     Platinum catalyst   4NO(g) + 6H2O(l)

 

– Red-brown fumes of nitrogen (IV) oxide are produced due to further oxidation of the nitrogen (II) oxide to from nitrogen (IV) oxide.

 

Equation:

2NO(g) + O2(g)                     2NO2(g)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Action of aqueous ammonia on solution of metallic salts

(i). Procedure:

– To about 2cm3 of solutions containing ions of calcium, magnesium, aluminium, zinc, iron, lead, copper etc in separate test tubes; aqueous ammonia is added dropwise till in excess.

 

(ii). Observations:

The various metal ions reacted as summarized in the table below.

 

Metal ions in solution Observations on addition of ammonia
Few drops of ammonia Excess drops of ammonia
Ca2+ White precipitate White precipitate persists;
Mg2+ White precipitate Precipitate persists;
Al3+ White precipitate Precipitate persists;
Zn2+ White precipitate Precipitate dissolves;
Fe2+ Pale green precipitate Precipitate persists; slowly turns red-brown on exposure to air;
Fe3+ Red-brown precipitate Precipitate persists;
Pb2+ White precipitate Precipitate persists;
Cu2+ Pale blue precipitate Precipitate dissolves forming a deep blue solution;

 

(iii). Explanations:

– Most metal ions in solution react with ammonia solution to form insoluble metal hydroxides.

– In excess ammonia, some of the so formed hydroxides dissolve forming complex ions.

 

(iv). Equations:

 

  1. Mg2+(aq) from MgCl2;

 

MgCl2(aq) + 2NH4OH(aq)                             Mg(OH)2(s) + 2NH4Cl(aq)

 

Ionically:

Mg2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                            Mg(OH)2(s)

                                                                                        (White ppt)

 

  1. Fe2+ from Fe(NO3)2;

 

Fe(NO3)2(aq) + 2NH4OH(aq)                 Fe(OH)2(s) + 2NH4NO3(aq)

 

Ionically:

Fe2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                    Fe(OH)2(s)

(Pale green ppt)

 

  1. Fe3+ from FeCl3;

 

Ionically:

Fe3+(aq) + 3OH(aq)                    Fe(OH)3(s)

(Red brown ppt)

 

 

 

 

 

Note:

Zn2+(aq) and Cu2+(aq) dissolve in excess ammonia solution forming complex ions.

 

  1. Zinc ions and ammonia solution.

 

  • With little ammonia:

ZnCl2(aq) + 2NH4OH(aq)                     Zn(OH)2(s) + 2NH4Cl(aq)

 

Ionically:

Zn2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                   Zn(OH)2(s)

                                                                                (White ppt.)

 

  • In excess ammonia:

– The white precipitate of Zn(OH)2(s) dissolves in excess ammonia to form a colourless solution; proof that solution has Zn2+ ions;

– The colourless solution is a complex salt of tetra-amine zinc (II) ions.

 

Equation:

Zn(OH)2(s) + 4NH3(aq)                          [Zn(NH3)4]2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)

(White ppt.)                                                                              (Colourless solution-tetra amine zinc (II) ions)

 

  1. Copper (II) ions.

 

  • With little ammonia:

– A pale blue precipitate is formed.

 

Ionically:

Cu2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                   Cu(OH)2(s)

(Pale blue ppt.)

 

  • In excess ammonia:

– The pale blue precipitate of Cu(OH)2(s) dissolves in excess ammonia to form a deep blue solution; proof that solution has Cu2+ ions;

– The deep blue solution is a complex salt of tetra-amine copper (II) ions.

 

Equation:

Cu(OH)2(s) + 4NH3(aq)                         [Cu(NH3)4]2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)

(Pale blue ppt.)                                                                       (Deep blue solution-tetra amine copper (II) ions)

 

Uses of ammonia gas and its solution:

  1. Ammonia gas is used in the manufacture of nitric acid and nylon.
  2. Ammonia gas is important in the preparation of ammonium salts used as fertilizers.
  3. It liquefies fairly easily (B.P is -33oC) and the liquid is used as a refrigerant in large cold storages and ice cream factories.
  4. Liquid ammonia is injected directly into the soil as a high nitrogen content fertilizer.
  5. Ammonia solution is used in laundry work as a water softener and a cleansing agent (stain remover)
  6. Ammonia is used in the manufacture of sodium carbonate in the Solvay process.
  7. Ammonia is used in “smelling salts”. It has a slightly stimulating effect on the action of the heart and so may prevent fainting

 

 

 

Qualitative analysis for cations using sodium hydroxide solution

(i). Procedure:

– To about 2cm3 of solutions containing ions of calcium, magnesium, aluminium, zinc, iron, lead, copper etc in separate test tubes; aqueous sodium hydroxide is added dropwise till in excess.

 

(ii). Observations:

The various metal ions reacted as summarized in the table below.

 

Metal ions in solution Observations on addition of ammonia
Few drops of ammonia Excess drops of ammonia
Ca2+ White precipitate White precipitate persists
Mg2+ White precipitate Precipitate persists;
Al3+ White precipitate Precipitate dissolves;
Zn2+ White precipitate Precipitate dissolves;
Fe2+ Pale green precipitate Precipitate persists; slowly turns red-brown on exposure to air;
Fe3+ Red-brown precipitate Precipitate persists;
Pb2+ White precipitate Precipitate dissolves;
Cu2+ Pale blue precipitate Precipitate dissolves forming a deep blue solution;

 

(iii). Explanations:

– Most metal ions in solution react with sodium hydroxide solution to form insoluble metal hydroxides.

– In excess sodium hydroxide, some of the so formed hydroxides (hydroxides of Zn, Al, Pb and Cu) dissolve forming complex ions.

 

(iv). Equations:

Ca2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                             Ca(OH)2(s)

                                                                                        (White ppt)

 

Mg2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                            Mg(OH)2(s)

                                                                                        (White ppt)

 

Al3+(aq) + 3OH(aq)                              Al(OH)3(s)

                                                                                        (White ppt)

 

Zn2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                             Zn(OH)2(s)

                                                                                        (White ppt)

 

Pb2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                              Pb(OH)2(s)

                                                                                        (White ppt)

 

Cu2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                             Cu(OH)2(s)

                                                                                       (Pale blue ppt)

 

Fe2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                    Fe(OH)2(s)

(Pale green ppt)

 

Fe3+(aq) + 3OH(aq)                    Fe(OH)3(s)

(Red brown ppt)

 

 

 

 

Note:

Hydroxides of Zn2+(aq) ; Pb2+(aq) ; and Al3+(aq) dissolve in excess ammonia solution forming complex ions.

 

  1. Zinc ions and sodium hydroxide solution.

 

  • With little sodium hydroxide:

 

Zn2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                   Zn(OH)2(s)

                                                                                (White ppt.)

 

  • In excess sodium hydroxide:

– The white precipitate of Zn(OH)2(s) dissolves in excess sodium hydroxide to form a colourless solution;

– The colourless solution is a complex salt of tetra-hydroxo zinc (II) ions (zincate ion).

 

Equation:

Zn(OH)2(s) + 2OH(aq)                          [Zn(OH)4]2-(aq)

(White ppt.)                                                                              (Colourless solution-tetra hydroxo- zinc (II) ion/ zincate ion)

 

  1. Aluminium ions and sodium hydroxide solution.

 

  • With little sodium hydroxide:

 

Al3+(aq) + 3OH(aq)                    Al(OH)3(s)

                                                                                (White ppt.)

 

  • In excess sodium hydroxide:

– The white precipitate of Al(OH)3(s) dissolves in excess sodium hydroxide to form a colourless solution;

– The colourless solution is a complex salt of tetra-hydroxo aluminium (III) ions (aluminate ion).

 

Equation:

Al(OH)3(s) + OH(aq)                     [Al(OH)4](aq)

(White ppt.)                                                          (Colourless solution-tetra hydroxo- aluminium (III) ion/aluminate ion

 

  1. Lead (II) ions and sodium hydroxide solution.

 

  • With little sodium hydroxide:

 

Pb2+(aq) + 2OH(aq)                    Pb(OH)2(s)

                                                                                (White ppt.)

 

  • In excess sodium hydroxide:

– The white precipitate of Pb(OH)2(s) dissolves in excess sodium hydroxide to form a colourless solution;

– The colourless solution is a complex salt of tetra-hydroxo lead (II) ions (plumbate ions).

 

Equation:

Zn(OH)2(s) + 2OH(aq)                          [Zn(OH)4]2-(aq)

(White ppt.)                                                                              (Colourless solution-tetra hydroxo- lead (II) ion/ plumbate ion)

 

 

Summary and useful information on qualitative analysis:

Colours of substances in solids and solutions in water.

 

COLOUR IDENTITY
SOLID AQUESOUS SOLUTION

(IF SOLUBLE)

1. White Colourless Compound of K+; Na+, Ca2+; Mg2+; Al3+; Zn2+; Pb2+; NH4+
2. Yellow Insoluble Zinc oxide, ZnO (turns white on cooling); Lead oxide, PbO (remains yellow on cooling, red when hot)
Yellow Potassium or sodium chromate;
3. Blue Blue Copper (II) compound, Cu2+
4. Pale green

 

Green

Pale green (almost colourless)

Green

Iron (II) compounds,Fe2+

 

Nickel (II) compound, Ni2+; Chromium (II) compounds, Cr3+; (Sometimes copper (II) compound, Cu2+)

5. Brown Brown (sometimes yellow)

 

Insoluble

Iron (III) compounds, Fe3+;

 

Lead (IV) oxide, PbO2

6. Pink Pink (almost colourless)

Insoluble

Manganese (II) compounds, Mn2+;

Copper metal as element (sometimes brown but will turn black on heating in air)

7. Orange Insoluble Red lead, Pb3O4 (could also be mercury (II) oxide, HgO)
8. Black Purple

Brown

Insoluble

Manganate (VII) ions (MnO) as in KMnO4;

Iodine (element)-purple vapour

Manganese (IV) oxide, MnO2

Copper (II) oxide, CuO

Carbon powder (element)

Various metal powders (elements)

 

 

Reactions of cations with common laboratory reagents and solubilities of some salts in water

 

CATION SOLUBLE COMPOUNDS (IN WATER) INSUOLUBLE COMPOUNDS (IN WATER) REACTION WITH AQUEOUS SODIUM HYDROXIDE REACTION WITH AQUEOUS AMMONIA SOLUTION
Na+ All None No reaction No reaction
K+ All None No reaction No reaction
Ca2+ Cl; NO3; CO32-; O2-; SO42-; OH; White precipitate insoluble in excess White precipitate insoluble in excess, on standing;
Al3+ Cl; NO3; SO42- O2-; OH; White precipitate soluble in excess White precipitate insoluble in excess
Pb2+ NO3; ethanoate; All others; White precipitate soluble in excess White precipitate insoluble in excess
Zn2+ Cl; NO3; SO42- CO32-; O2-; SO42-; OH; White precipitate soluble in excess White precipitate soluble in excess
Fe2+ Cl; NO3; SO42- CO32-; O2-; OH; (Dark) pale green precipitate insoluble in excess (Dark) pale green precipitate insoluble in excess
Fe3+ Cl; NO3; SO42- CO32-; O2-; OH; (Red) brown precipitate insoluble in excess (Red) brown precipitate insoluble in excess
Cu2+ Cl; NO3; SO42- CO32-; O2-; OH; Pale blue precipitate insoluble in excess Pale blue precipitate soluble in excess forming a deep blue solution
NH4+ All None; Ammonias gas on warming Not applicable.

 

 

Qualitative analysis for common anions.

 

  SO42-(aq) Cl(aq) NO3(aq) CO32-(aq)
TEST Add Ba2+(aq) ions from Ba(NO3)2(aq); acidify with dilute HNO3(aq) Add Ag+(aq) from AgNO3(aq).

Acidify with dilute HNO3

Alternatively;

Add Pb2+ from Pb(NO3)2 and warm

Add FeSO4(aq);

Tilt the tube and carefully add 1-2 cm3 of concentrated H2SO4(aq)

Add dilute HNO3(aq); bubble gas through lime water;
OBSERVATION The formation of a white precipitate shows presence of SO42- ion; The formation of a white precipitate shows presence of Cl ion;

Formation of a white precipitate that dissolves on warming shown presence of Cl(aq) ions

The formation of a brown ring shows the presence of NO3 ions Evolution of a colourless gas that forma a white precipitate with lime water, turns moist blue litmus paper red; and extinguishes a glowing splint shows presence of CO32- ions
EXPLANATION Only BaSO4 and BaCO3 can be formed as white precipitates.

BaCO3 is soluble in dilute acids and so BaSO4 will remain on adding dilute nitric acid

Only AgCl and AgCO3 can be formed as white precipitates.

AgCO3 is soluble in dilute acids but AgCl is not;

– PbCl2 is the only white precipitate that dissolves on warming

Concentrated H2SO4 forms nitrogen (II) oxide with NO3(aq) and this forms brown ring complex (FeSO4.NO) with FeSO4; All CO32- or HCO3 will liberate carbon (IV) oxide with dilute acids

 

Checklist:

  1. Why is it not possible to use dilute sulphuric acid in the test for SO42- ions;
  2. Why is it not possible to use dilute hydrochloric acid in the test for chloride ions?
  3. Why is it best to use dilute nitric acid instead of the other two mineral acids in the test for CO32- ions?
  4. How would you distinguish two white solids, Na2CO3 and NaHCO3?

 

What to look for when a substance is heated.

 

1. Sublimation White solids on cool, parts of a test tube indicates NH4+ compounds;

Purple vapour condensing to black solid indicates iodine crystals;

2. Water vapour (condensed) Colourless droplets on cool parts of the test tube indicate water of crystallization or HCO3 (see below)
3. Carbon (IV) oxide CO32- of Zn2+; Pb2+; Fe2+; Fe3+; Cu2+;
4. Carbon (IV) oxide and water vapour (condensed) HCO3
5. Nitrogen (IV) oxide NO3of Cu2+; Al3+; Zn2+; Pb2+; Fe2+; Fe3+
6. Oxygen NO3 or BaO2; MnO2; PbO2;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial manufacture of ammonia-The Haber process.

 

– Most of the world’s supply of ammonia is from the synthesis of Nitrogen and hydrogen in the Haber process.

 

(i). Raw materials

 

  • Nitrogen

– Usually obtained from liquid air by fractional distillation

 

  • Hydrogen

– Obtained from water gas in the Bosch process.

– Also from crude oil (cracking)

 

(ii). General equation

 

N2(g) + 3 H2(g)                        2NH3(g) + heat;

 

Note:

– Nitrogen and hydrogen combine in the ratio 1:3 respectively to form two volumes of ammonia gas plus heat.

-The reaction is exothermic releasing heat to the surrounding.

 

(iii). Conditions

 

  • High pressures

– The process is favoured by high pressures and thus a pressure of approximately 200 to 300 atmospheres is used.

 

Reason:

– The volume of gaseous reactants from equation is higher than volume of gaseous products. Thus increased pressure shifts the equilibrium to the right; favoring the production of more ammonia.

Note:

Such high pressures are however uneconomical.

 

  • Low temperatures

– Low temperatures favour production of ammonia;

Reason:

– The reaction is exothermic (releases heat to the surrounding) hence lower temperature will favour the forward reaction (shift the equilibrium to the right), producing more ammonia.

 

  • Catalyst

– The low temperatures make the reaction slow and therefore a catalyst is used to increase the rate of reaction

– The catalyst used is finely divided iron; impregnated with Aluminium oxide (Al2O3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv). The chemical processes

 

Step 1: Purification

-The raw materials, nitrogen and hydrogen are passed through a purification chamber in which impurities are removed.

-The main impurities are CO2, water vapour,  dust particles, SO2, CO2 and O2;

 

Reason:

The impurities would poison the catalyst

 

Step 2: Compression

– The purified Nitrogen and Hydrogen gases are compressed in a compressor at 500 atmospheres.

 

Reasons:

  • To increase chances of molecules reacting;
  • To increase rate of collision of the reacting particles.
  • To increase pressure (attain desired pressures); and hence increase concentration of reacting particles.

 

Step 3: Heat exchanger reactions

– Upon compression the gaseous mixture, nitrogen and hydrogen are channeled into a heat exchanger; which heats them increasing their temperature.

– This enables the reactants (hydrogen and nitrogen) to attain the optimum temperatures for the succeeding reactions (in the catalytic chamber)

– From the heat exchanger the gases go to the catalyst chamber.

 

Step 4: Catalytic chamber.

– The gases then combine in the ratio of 1:3 (N2:H2 respectively), to form ammonia.

– This reaction occurs in presence of a catalyst; which speeds up the rate of ammonia formation;

– The catalyst is finely divided iron impregnated with aluminium oxide (Al2O3 increases the catalytic activity of iron).

 

Equation in catalytic chamber

 

N2(g) + 3H2(g)                          2NH3(g) + Heat (-92kjmol)

 

– Only about 6-10% of the gases combine.

– Due to the high heat evolution involved, the products are again taken back to the heat exchanger; to cool the gases coming from the catalytic chamber.

 

Step 5: Heat exchanger

– The gases from the catalytic chamber enter the heat exchanger a second time.

 

Reason:

– To cool the gases coming from the catalytic chamber, thus reduce cost of condensation.

-The gaseous mixture; ammonia and uncombined nitrogen and hydrogen are the passed through a condenser.

 

Step 6: The condenser reactions (cooling chamber)

– The pressure and the low temperatures in this chamber liquefy ammonia, which is then drawn off.

– The uncombined (unreacted) gases are recirculated back to the compressor, from where they repeat the entire process.

Summary: flow chart of Haber process.

Fractional distillation of air
Nitrogen
Hydrogen
Crude oil cracking; or water gas in Bosch process

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purifier: removal of duct particles; CO2; H2O vapour etc

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unreacted gases

(recycling)

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-10% ammonia + air;

 

 

 

 

LIQUID AMMONIA

 

 

Citing a Haber process plant

– When choosing a site for this industrial plant, the following factors are considered:

  1. Availability of raw materials (natural gas and crude oil)
  2. Presence of cheap sources of energy.
  3. Availability of transport and marketing.
  4. Availability of appropriate technology and labour force.

 

Ammonium salts as fertilizers

– Ammonium salts are prepared by the reaction between ammonia and the appropriate acid in dilute solution followed by evaporation and crystallization

 

(a). Ammonium sulphate

– Is prepared by absorbing ammonia in sulphuric acid.

 

Equation:

 

2NH3(g) + H2SO4(aq)                          (NH4)2SO4(aq)

 

Note: It is a cheap fertilizer.

 

(b). Ammonium nitrate

– Is prepared by neutralization nitric acid by ammonia.

 

Equation:

 

NH3(g) + HNO3(aq)                    NH4NO3(aq)

 

– As there is some danger of exploding during storage, ammonium nitrate is mixed with finely powdered limestone (CaCO3).

-The mixture, sold as nitro-chalk is much safer.

(c). Ammonium phosphate

– It is particularly useful as it supplies both nitrogen and phosphorus to the soil.

– It is prepared by neutralizing othophosphoric acid by ammonia

 

Equation:

 

3NH3(g) + H3PO4(aq)                       (NH4)3 PO4(aq)

 

(d) Urea CO (NH2)2

– Is made from ammonia and carbon (IV) oxide

– Its nitrogen content by mass is very high; nearly 47%

 

Equation:

 

NH3(g) +CO2(g)                       CO (NH2)2(aq)  + H2O(l)

   

Nitric (V) acid

– Is a monobasic acid (has only one replaceable Hydrogen atom); and has been known as strong water (aqua forty).

– It is a compound of hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen.

 

Laboratory preparation of nitric (V) acid

(i). Apparatus

           

(ii). Reagents

– Nitric acid is prepared in the laboratory by action of concentrated sulphuric acid on solid nitrates e.g. potassium nitrate (KNO3) and sodium nitrate (NaNO3)

 

(iii). Procedure

– 30-40 grams of small crystal of KNO3 are put in a retort flask.

– Concentrated sulphuric acid is added just enough to cover the nitrate; and then heated (warmed) gently.

– The apparatus is all glass.

Reason:

– Nitric (V) acid would attack rubber connections.

– The neck of the retort flask is inserted into a flask that is kept cool continually under running water; this is where nitric acid is collected.

 

Note:

The cold water running over the collection flask is meant to cool (condense) the hot fumes of nitric (V) acid.

 

(iv). Observations and explanations

– Fumes of nitric are observed in the retort;

 

Equation

 

KNO3(g) + H2SO4(aq)                      KHSO4(aq) +HNO3(g)

 

– If Lead (II) nitrate was used;

 

Pb(NO3)2(s) + H2SO4(aq)                  PbSO4(s) + 2HNO3(g)

 

Note: with lead (II) nitrate the reaction soon stops because the insoluble lead (II) sulphate coats the surface of the nitrate preventing further reaction; yield of nitric (V) acid is thus lower;

 

-These fumes of nitric acid appear brown.

Reason:

– Due to the presence of nitrogen (iv) oxide gas formed by thermal decomposition of nitric acid.

 

Equation:

4HNO3(aq)                       4NO2(g) + O2(g) + 2H2O(g)

 

– Pure nitric (V) acid is colourless but may appear yellow (brown) due to the presence of Nitrogen (IV) oxide.

– The brown colour can be removed by blowing air through the acid.

– Fuming nitric acid boils at 83oC and is 99% pure; while concentrated nitric acid is only 70% acid and 30% water.

 

Note: Nitric acid is usually stored in dark bottles.

Reason:

– To avoid its decomposition by light to nitrogen (IV) oxide, oxygen and water.

– The reaction in the retort flask is a typical displacement reaction; in which the more volatile nitric (V) acid is displaced from nitrates by the less volatile sulphuric acid.

– The nitric acid distills over because it is more volatile than sulphuric acid.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Properties of concentrated nitric acid

– Nitric (V) acid readily gives oxygen and therefore is called an oxidizer.

– The acid is usually reduced to nitrogen (IV) oxide and water.

 

  1. Effects of heat on concentrated nitric acid

(i) Apparatus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Observations

– Brown fumes are seen in the hard glass tube.

– Colourless gas is collected over water.

 

(ii). Explanations

– Sand soaked in concentrated nitric acid produces nitric solid vapour on heating.

– The hot glass wool catalyzes the decomposition of nitric acid to nitrogen (IV) oxide (brown fumes), water vapour and oxygen.

 

Equation

 

4HNO3(l)                    4NO2(g) + 2H2O(l) + O2(g)

                                            (Brown fumes)

 

– The so formed nitrogen (IV) oxide dissolves in water forming both nitric and nitrous acids.

 

Equation:

 

2NO2(g) + H2O(l)                    HNO2(aq) + HNO3(aq)

 

– The oxygen gas is collected over water; and with the solution becoming acidic.

 

  1. Reaction with saw dust

– Saw dust contains compounds of carbon Hydrogen and oxygen.

 

Procedure:

– Some saw dust is heated in an evaporating dish and some few drops of concentrated nitric (V) acid on it (this is done in a fume cupboard)

 

Observation:

– A violent reaction occurs, the saw dust catches fire easily and a lot of brown fumes of nitrogen (IV) oxide given off.

– Nitric (V) acid oxidizes the compounds in saw dust to CO2 and water; and itself it is reduced to nitrogen (IV) oxide and water.

 

Equation:

(C, H, O) n(s) + HNO3(l)                      NO2(g) + CO2(g) +H2O(g)

Saw dust

 

– Warm concentrated nitric (V) acid oxidizes pure carbon and many other compounds containing carbon.

 

Equation:

C(s) + 4HNO3(l)                         2H2O(l) + 4NO2(g) + CO2(g)

 

  1. Reaction with sulphur

Procedure:

– 2 cm3 of concentrated nitric (V) acid is added to a little sulphur in a test tube and warmed.

– The mixture is filtered to remove excess sulphur and the filtrate diluted with distilled water.

– Drops of barium chloride are then added to the resultant solution.

 

Observations:

– Red brown gas, nitrogen (IV) oxide (NO2) is evolved and the sulphur is oxidized to sulphuric acid.

 

Equation

S(s) + 6HNO3(l)                          H2SO4(aq) + 6NO2(g) +2H2O(l)

 

– On addition of barium chloride to the solution, a white precipitate is formed.

– This is due to formation of barium sulphate and is a confirmation for the presence of SO42– ions.

 

Equation:

 

Ba2+(aq) + SO42-(aq)                     BaSO4(s)

                                                (White precipitate)

 

  1. Reaction with metals

– Concentrated nitric (V) acid reacts with metals except gold and platinum.

– Actual reaction depends on the concentration of the acid and the position of the metal in the reactivity series.

– The reaction results in a metal nitrate, NO2 and water.

– Copper, which is low in the reactivity series, reduces conc. HNO3 to NO2.

 

Equation:

 

Cu(s) + HNO3(l)                   Cu(NO3)2(aq) + 2NO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

 

– Metals more reactive than copper e.g. Magnesium may reduce nitric acid to dinitrogen monoxide (N2O) or Nitrogen (N2).

– Some metals like iron and aluminium form insoluble layers when reacted with nitric acid thus stopping any further reaction.

 

 

 

  1. Reaction with iron (II) salts

 

Procedure:

– Few crystals of iron (II) sulphate are dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid.

– A little concentrated nitric (V) acid is added to the solution and mixture warmed.

 

Observation:

– Green solution turns brown.

 

Equation:

 

6FeSO4(s) + 3H2SO4(aq) +3HNO3(l)                    4H2O(l) +2NO(g) + 3Fe2 (SO4)3(aq)

 

Explanation:

– Nitric acid oxidizes green iron (II) salts (Fe2+) to brown iron (III) salts (Fe3+) and itself is reduced to Nitrogen (II) Oxide.

 

Note:

– In air, nitrogen (II) oxide is readily oxidized to nitrogen (IV) oxide; resulting to brown fumes.

 

Equation:
2NO(g) + O2(g)                           2NO2(g)

 

  1. Reduction of nitric (V) acid by hydrogen sulphide.

Procedure

– A few drops of conc. nitric (V) acid are added to a gas jar full of hydrogen sulphide and the jar then covered.

 

Observations

– Fumes (brown) of Nitrogen (IV) oxide and yellow deposits of sulphur;

 

Equation

– It is a REDOX reaction.

Oxidation

 

 

H2S(g) + 2HNO3(l)                       2H2O(l) + 2NO2(g) +S(s)

 

 

Reduction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Properties of dilute nitric (V) acid

  1. Reaction with metals

– Dilute nitric (V) acid reacts with most metals to form nitrogen (II) oxide instead of hydrogen.

 

Example:

3Mg(s) + 8HNO3(aq)                  3Mg(NO3)2(aq) +2NO(g) + 4H2O(l)

 

– In fact HNO3 is reduced to NO and water but NO soon gets oxidized in air to form brown fumes of NO2.

– However very dilute HNO3 (cold) reacts with more active metals such as Magnesium to produce Hydrogen.

 

  1. Dilute nitric (V) acid as a typical acid

(a). It turns blue litmus paper red.

(b). It reacts with metal oxides and metal hydroxides to form a metal nitrate and water (Neutralization)

 

Examples

  • CuO(s) + 2HNO3(aq)          Cu (NO3)2(aq) + H2O(l)

                  (Black)                                                                                (Blue)

 

  • Zn(OH)2(s) + 2HNO3(aq)            Zn (NO3)2(aq) + 2H2O(l)

                   (White ppt)                                                                      (Colourless)

 

  • KOH(aq) + HNO3(aq)            KNO3(aq) + H2O(l)

                 (Alkali)                (Acid)                                                 (Salt)              (Water)

 

  1. Reaction with metal carbonates and hydrogen carbonates

– Dilute HNO3 reacts with metal carbonates and hydrogen carbonates to form a nitrate, CO2 and water.

 

Examples.

CuCO3(s) + 2HNO3(aq)                   Cu(NO3)2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

(Green)                                                                      (Blue solution)

 

NaHCO3(s) + HNO3(aq)                    NaNO3(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

 

Test for nitrates/nitric acid

  1. Oxidation of iron (ii) sulphate

– Concentrated HNO3 oxidizes green Iron (II) sulphate in presence of sulphuric acid into Iron (III) sulphate (yellow/brown)

– However the solution turns dark brown due to formation of a compound, FeSO4.NO

– NO is produced by reduction of nitrate to nitrogen monoxide by Fe2+

 

Ionically;

Fe2+(aq)                       Fe3+(aq)   +   e (oxidized)

 

NO3(aq) + 2H+(aq) + e                   NO2(g) + H2O(l) (reduced)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Brown ring test

Procedure.

– An unknown solid is dissolved then acidified using dilute H2SO4.

– Some FeSO4 solution is then added.

– The test tube is then held at an angle and concentrated sulphuric (V) acid is added slowly (dropwise) to the mixture.

 

Observations

– The oily liquid (conc. H2SO4) is denser than water hence sinks to the bottom.

– A brown ring forms between the two liquid layers if the solid is a nitrate.

 

Diagrams:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanations:

– Suppose the solution tested isKNO3, the conc. H2SO4 and the KNO3 reacted to produce HNO3.

 

Equation:

KNO3(aq) +H2SO4(aq)                  KHSO4(aq) + HNO3(aq)

 

– The NO3 from nitric acid oxidizes some of the FeSO4 to Fe2 (SO4)3 (Fe2+ toFe3+) and itself reduced to NO by the Fe2+

 

-The NO so formed reacts with more FeSO4 to give a brown compound (FeSO4 NO) which appears as a brown ring.

 

Equation:

FeSO4(aq) + NO(g)               FeSO4. NO(aq)

(Green)                                                         (Brown)

 

Ionically:

Fe2+(aq) + 5H2O(l) + NO(g)                   [Fe(H2O)5NO]2+(aq)

(Green)                                                                                      (Brown)

 

  1. Heat

– Nitrates of less reactive metals decompose easily with gentle heating; clouds of brown NO2 can be seen.

 

Equation:

2Cu(NO3)2        heat         2CuO(s) + 4NO2(g) +  O2(g)

                                                      (Brown, acidic)

– The nitrates of more reactive metals need much stronger heating and decompose in a different way.

 

Equation:

2Na NO3(s)       heat      2NaNO2(s)  +  O2(g)

 

 

Uses of nitric acid 

– Large quantities are used in fertilizer manufacture.

– Manufacture of explosives (TNT)

– Manufacture of dyes

– Making nitrate salts

– Etching of metals.

– Manufacture of nylon and terylene

– Refining precious metals

– An oxidizing agent.

 

Industrial manufacture of nitric acid

The Otswald’s process

 (a). Introduction

– Nitric acid is manufactured by the catalyst oxidation of ammonia and dissolving the products in water.

 

(b). Raw materials

– Atmosphere air

– Ammonia from Haber process.

 

(c). Conditions

Platinum-rhodium catalyst or platinum gauze.

– The ammonia-air mixture must be cleaned (purified) to remove dust particles which could otherwise poison the catalyst.

 

(d). Chemical reactions.

Step 1: Compressor reactions.

– Ammonia and excess air (oxygen) (1:10 by volume) is slightly compressed.

– The mixture is then cleaned to remove particles which would otherwise poison the catalyst.

– They are then passed to the heat exchanger.

 

Step 2: Heat exchanger and catalytic chamber.

– In the heat exchanger, the gaseous mixture is heated to about 900oC and then passed over a platinum-rhodium catalytic chamber.

– An exothermic reaction occurs and ammonia is oxidized to nitrogen (II) oxide and steam.

 

Equation:

4NH3(g) + 5O2(g)                       4NO(g) + 6H2O(g)  + Heat.

 

– The exothermic reaction once started, provides the heat necessary to maintain the required catalytic temperature.

-This is of economical advantage i.e. electrical heating of catalyst is not continued hence lowering production costs.

 

Step 3: Heat exchanger.

– The hot products from catalytic chamber are again passed back through the heat exchanger.

– The hot gases are cooled and then passed into the cooling chamber.

 

 

Step 4: Cooling chamber

Once cooled, the NO is oxidized to NO2 by reacting it with excess oxygen.

 

Equation:

 

2NO(g) + O2(g)                       2NO2(g)

 

Step 5: Absorption towers:

– The NO2 in excess air is then passed through a series of absorption towers where they meet a stream of hot water and form nitric (V) acid and nitrous (III) acid.

 

Equations:

2NO2(g) + H2O(l)                      HNO3(aq) + HNO2(aq) (blue solution)

                                                                   Nitric                Nitrous

 

– The so produced nitrous (III) acid is oxidized by oxygen in excess air to nitric (V) acid so that the concentration of nitric acid in the solution (liquid) gradually increases.

 

Equation:

2 HNO2(aq) +  O2(g)                    2HNO3(aq)

 

– The resultant HNO3 is only 55%-65% concentrated.

– It is made more concentrated by careful distillation of the solution.

 

The process of distillation (increasing the concentration).

– Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid is added to the dilute nitric (V) acid.

– The heat produced (when dilute sulphuric acid reacts with water) vapourises the nitric (V) acid.

– The resultant nitric (V) acid vapour is condensed.

Note:

  • Nitric (V) acid is stored in dark bottles.

Reason:

– To prevent its decomposition since it undergoes slow decomposition when exposed to light.

 

  • Dilute nitric (V) acid has higher ions concentration than concentrated nitric (V) acid.

Reason.

– Dilute nitric (V) acid is a stronger acid hence ionizes fully to yield more hydrogen ions than concentrated nitric (V) acid.

– Dilute nitric (V) acid is ionic whereas concentrated nitric (V) acid is molecular;

– Dilute nitric (V) acid is more (highly) ionized than concentrated nitric (V) acid.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flow diagram for the otswald’s process.

                                       Ammonia

HEAT EXCHANGER
CATALYTIC CHAMBER

 

 

 

 

Air

 

 

 

Water                     Unreacted                NO(g)

                                                 NO + air;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            Nitric (V) acid

 

Pollution effects of nitrogen compounds.

  1. Acid rain

– Nitrogen (II) oxide is produced in internal combustion engines on combination of nitrogen and oxygen.

– Nitrogen (II) oxide oxidized to nitrogen (IV) oxide which dissolves in water to form nitric (III) and nitric (V) acids.

– Nitric (v) acid eventually reaches ground as acid rain and causes:

  • Loss of chlorophyll (chlorosis) from leaves
  • Corrosion of stone buildings and metallic structures, weakening them and destroying beauty.
  • Leaching of vital minerals from soils. These are converted into soluble nitrates and washed away from top soil. This leads to poor crop yields.

 

  1. Smog formation.

– Nitrogen (IV) oxide also undergoes series of chemical reactions in air to produce one of the major components of smog.

– Smog reduces visibility for motorists, irritates eyes and causes breathing problems.

 

  1. Eutrophication:

– Refers to enrichment of water with excess nutrients for algal growth.

– Presence of nitrate ions from nitrogen fertilizers in a water mass encourages rapid growth of algae.

– This eventually leads to reduction of dissolved oxygen in water, killing aquatic animals like fish.

– Presence of nitrate ions in drinking water may also cause ill health to humans. This is because they are converted into carcinogenic compounds.

 

Prevention.

  1. Recycling unreacted gases in manufacture of nitric acid to prevent release into environment.
  2. Treating sewage and industrial effluents to remove nitrogen compounds before releasing to rivers and lakes.
  3. Fitting exhausts systems of vehicles with catalytic converters which convert nitrogen oxides into harmless nitrogen gas.
  4. Adding lime to lakes and soils in surrounding regions to reduce acidity.
  5. Applying fertilizers at right and in the correct proportion to prevent them from being washed into water masses.

 

UNIT 3: SULPHUR AND ITS COMPOUNDS

Checklist:

 

  1. Occurrence of sulphur
  2. Extraction of sulphur
  • The Frasch pump
  • Extraction process
  1. Properties of sulphur
  • Physical properties
  • Chemical properties
  1. Uses of sulphur
  2. Allotropes of sulphur
  • Rhombic sulphur
  • Monoclinic sulphur
  1. Compounds of sulphur
  • Sulphur (IV) oxide
  • Laboratory preparation
  • Other preparation methods
  • Properties of sulphur (IV) oxide
    • Physical properties
    • Chemical properties
    • Uses of sulphur (IV) oxide
  1. Sulphur (VI) oxide
  • Laboratory preparation
  • Properties of sulphur (VI) oxide
  1. Sulphuric (VI) acid
  • Large scale manufacture
    • Raw materials
    • The chemical process
    • Pollution control
  • Properties of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid
    • Physical properties
    • Chemical properties
  • Properties of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid
  • Uses of sulphuric (VI) acid
  1. Hydrogen sulphide gas
  • Laboratory preparation
  • Properties of hydrogen sulphide
  • Physical properties of hydrogen sulphide
  • Chemical properties of hydrogen sulphide
  1. Atmospheric pollution by sulphur compounds

 

 

 

 

 

Occurrence

– Occurs naturally as s free element in the underground deposits in Texas and Louisiana (USA) and Sicily (ITALY).

– It also occurs as a sulphate and sulphide ores.

 

Examples;

Metallic sulphides: iron pyrites (FeS2); Zinc blende (ZnS) Copper pyrites (CuFeS2)

Metallic sulphates e.g. Gypsum, CaSO4

Hydrogen sulphide e.g. H2S present in natural gas.

 

Extraction of sulphur: The Frasch process

– Is done using a set of 3 concentric pipes called Frasch pump; hence the name Frasch process.

 

(i). Apparatus: Frasch pump

Hot compressed air

 

 

Superheated water at 170oC
Froth of molten sulphur

 

Cross section of the Frasch pump

 

 

Outermost pipe: brings superheated water at 170oC

 

 

 

Innermost pipe: brings in hot compressed air;

 

Middle pipe: brings out a froth of molten sulphur

 

 

(ii). Chemical process

Note: Sulphur cannot be mined by conventional mining methods such as open cast, alluvial mining etc

Reasons:

– Sulphur deposits lie very deep under several layers of quicksand hence cannot be accessed easily.

– Sulphur deposits are associated with poisonous gases such as sulphur (IV) oxide gas which can cause massive pollution if exposed to open environment.

– Three concentric pipes, constituting the Frasch pump are drilled through the rock and soil down to the sulphur deposits.

 

 

(a). The outer tube (pipe)

– Is used to pump superheated water at 170o c and 10 atmospheres down the deposits.

– The heat of the water melts the sulphur.

– By the time the water reaches the sulphur, its temperature drops to 120oC, but this is enough to melt sulphur whose M.P is 114oC.

 

(b). The innermost tube

– Is the smallest pipe and is used to blow or force a jet of hot compressed air down the sulphur deposits.

– This produces a light froth of molten sulphur (mixture of air, water and sulphur) which is forced up the middle pipe.

 

(c). The middle pipe.

– Allows the sulphur froth (mixture of molten sulphur, water and air) into the surface; where mixture is run into large tanks.

– The forth usually settles in two layers, the bottom layer is mainly water while the upper layer is mainly molten sulphur; due to differences in density.

– Once in the settling tanks, sulphur solidifies and separates out; giving 99% pure sulphur.

– The sulphur is removed, melted again and poured into moulds, to form roll sulphur in which form it is sold.

 

Properties of sulphur

Physical properties

  1. – It is a yellow solid which exists in one amorphous form and 2 crystalline forms.

– A molecule of sulphur consists of a pluckered ring of 8 sulphur atoms covalently bonded.

 

Diagram: structure of a sulphur molecule.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solubility

– It is insoluble in water but soluble in organic solvents like carbon disulphide, xylene and toluene.

 

  1. It is a poor conductor of heat and electricity since it is a covalent element lacking free electrons or ions.

 

  1. Effects of heat

– When sulphur is heated out of contact with air, it melts at low temperatures of about 113oC to form an amber (orange) coloured mobile liquid.

Reason:

– The S8 rings open up to form chains of S8.

 

 

 

 

Diagrams:

The pluckered S8 ring of sulphur molecule                                           Chains of S8 molecule

 

 

 

 

 

 

– On further heating, the liquid darkens in colour.

– At 160oC, the liquid becomes much darker and very viscous (such that the test tube can be inverted without the sulphur pouring out.)

– The viscosity continues to increase until a temperature of about 1950C

Reason:

– The S8 rings of sulphur are broken and they then join to form very long chains of sulphur atoms, with over 100,000 atoms (S100 000).

 

Note: As the chains entangle with one another the viscosity increases and colour darkens.

 

– Near the boiling point, the liquid becomes less dark i.e. red-brown and more mobile (runny).

Reason

– The long chains are broken to shorter chains.

 

– At 444oC (boiling point), sulphur vapourises to form a red-brown vapour consisting of S8, S6, S4 and S2 molecules.

Reason

– The sulphur liquid changes state to form sulphur vapour.

– The vapour is light brown in colour, and consists of a mixture of molecules of formula S2-S10

 

Note

If heated further the larger sulphur vapour molecules (S8, S6 etc) dissociate and at 750oC the vapour is mostly constituted of diatomic molecules (S2)

On exposure to cold surfaces the light brown vapour condenses to a yellow sublimate. The yellow sublimate is called flowers of sulphur.

 

Chemical properties

  1. Burning in air

– It burns in air with a bright blue flame forming a misty gas with a choking smell.

– The gas is sulphur (IV) oxide, with traces of sulphur (VI) oxide, both of which are acidic.

 

Equation:

S(s) + O2(g)                        SO2(g)

 

Note:

The SO3 is formed due to further oxidation of some of the SO2 gas

 

Equation:

2SO2(s) + O2(g)                   2SO3(g)

 

 

 

  1. Reaction with acids.

– Dilute acids have no effect on sulphur.

– It is however easily oxidized by concentrated (VI) sulphuric acid and Nitric (VI) acid.

 

  • With conc. H2SO4

– When warmed with conc. H2SO4, sulphur is oxidized to sulphur (IV) oxide while the acid is reduced to the same gas.

 

Equation:

S(s) + 2H2SO4(l)                        3SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

 

  • With conc. HNO3

– Sulphur is oxidized to sulphuric (VI) acid while acid itself is reduced to red-brown Nitrogen (IV) oxide.

 

Equation:

S(s) + 6HNO3(l)                   H2SO4(aq) + 6NO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

 

Note:

– The resultant solution gives a white precipitate with a solution of Barium chloride.

Reason

– Due to presence of sulphate ions which combine with Ba2+ to form insoluble BaSO4(s)

 

Ionically;

Ba2+(aq)  + SO42-(aq)                      BaSO4(s)

 

  1. Reaction with other elements.

– It combines directly with many other elements to form sulphides.

– With metals, sulphur forms metal sulphides, most of which are black.

 

Examples.

(a). With metals

 

  • Iron metal

Fe(s) + S(s)                         FeS(s) + Heat

(Grey)   (Yellow)                                  (Black)

 

Note:

– During the reaction, the mixture glows spontaneously; immediately the reaction has started.

 

  • Copper

2Cu(s) +   S(s)                  Cu2S

(Red-brown)  (Yellow)                    (Black copper (I) sulphide))

 

(b). Non-metals

 

  • Carbon

C(s)  +  2S(s)                     CS2(s)

(Black) (Yellow)                                (Black Carbon disulphide)

 

 

Note.

– Carbon (IV) sulphide has a distinct smell.

– It is an excellent solvent and is used as a pesticide due to its poisonous nature.

 

  • Hydrogen

H2(g) +  S(s)                     H2S(g)

 

  • Fluorine

S(s) + F2(g)                 SF2(g)

 

  • Chlorine

S(s) + Cl2(g)                SCl2(g)

 

  • Bromine

2S(s) +Br2(g)               S2Br2(g)

 

  • Phosphorous

10S(s) + 4P(s)                P4S10(s)

 

Note:

– Sulphur does not react with inert gases, nitrogen and iodine.

 

Uses of sulphur

  1. Industrial manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid in the contact process.
  2. It is used as a fungicide for treatment of fungal skin diseases.
  3. It is used for vulcanization (hardening) of rubber
  4. Manufacture of calcium hydrogen sulphite (Ca(HSO3)2 used for bleaching in paper and textile industries.
  5. Manufacture of matches and fireworks.
  6. Manufacture of dyes e.g. sulphur blacks that gives paint smooth texture.
  7. Manufacture of sulphur ointments and drugs e.g. sulphur-guanidine for dysentery.
  8. Manufacture of hair oil.
  9. Small amounts of sulphur are added to concrete to prevent corrosion by acids.
  10. Manufacture of fungicides for spraying crops against fungal infections e.g. ridomil, dithane for potato and tomato blights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allotropes of sulphur

– Allotropy is the existence of an element in more than one form without change of state.

– Sulphur has 2 allotropes

  • Rhombic sulphur/ octahedral/ alpha-sulphur
  • Monoclinic/ prismatic sulphur/ beta-sulphur.

 

-Unlike carbon only the rhombic sulphur occurs naturally.

 

Comparison of rhombic and monoclinic sulphur.

 

                     Allotrope 

Characteristic

Rhombic sulphur Monoclinic sulphur
Stability – Stable below transitional temp. of 96oC – Stable above 96oC
Colour – Bright yellow crystalline solid – Pale yellow crystalline solid
Melting point – Melts at 113oC; – Melts at 119oC;
Density – About 2.06gcm-3(heavier than monoclinic Sulphur) – Lighter than 1.98gcm-3 (lighter than rhombic sulphur)
Shape – Octahedral shape

Diagram:

 

– Needle-like/ prismatic

Diagram:

 

Note.

96oC is called transitional temperature; because both allotropes are stable.

 

Compounds of sulphur

 

Oxides of sulphur.

 

Sulphur (IV) oxide

Laboratory preparation of sulphur (IV) oxide

(i). Apparatus:

Dry sulphur (IV) oxide gas
Sodium sulphite
Dilute HCl

 

Conc. H2SO4(l)

 

 

(ii). Procedure

– Dilute HCl or H2SO4 is poured into sodium sulphite crystals in the flask.

– The gas produced is passed through conc. Sulphuric acid to dry it.

– If the reaction is slow, the round-bottomed flask is heated (warmed) gently.

– Dry gas is collected by downward delivery as it is denser than air.

 

(ii). Equation.

Na2SO3(aq) + 2HCl(aq)                        H2O(l) + SO2(g) + 2NaCl(aq)

 

Ionically;

2H+(aq) + SO32-(aq)                         H2O(l) + SO2(g)

 

Note:

– Nitric (V) acid should not be used.

Reason:

– It is a strong oxidizing agent and cannot therefore reduce the metal sulphites.

– Instead it will oxidize the SO2 produced to sulphuric (VI) acid

 

Equation:

2HNO3(aq) + SO2(g)                      2NO2(g) +  H2SO4(l)

 

Other methods of preparing sulphur (IV) oxide.

(b). Preparation from concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid

(i). Apparatus

– As in (a) above

 

(ii). Procedure

– Copper turnings are covered with concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid and the mixture heated (a must in this case).

Note:

– Dilute sulphuric (VI) acid does not react with copper hence the need for concentrated acid.

– Cold concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid does not also react with copper hence warming.

 

(iii). Observation.

– When the solution becomes hot, there is evolution of sulphur (IV) oxide gas.

 

Equation.

Cu(s) +2H2SO4(l)                    CuSO4(aq) + 2H2O(l) + SO2(g)

 

Note:

– This reaction is in two stages.

  • Oxidation of Cu to CuO

– Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid oxidizes copper to Copper (II) oxide

 

Equation:

Cu(s) + H2SO4(l)                     CuO(s) + H2O(l) + SO2(g)

 

  • CuO further reacts with the acid to form salt and water.

 

Equation:

CuO(s) + H2SO4(l)                  CuSO4(aq)  + H2O(l)

 

Overall equation:

Cu(s) + H2SO4(l)                      CuSO4(aq) + 2H2O(l) + SO2(g)

 

(c). Roasting sulphur in air

– When sulphur is burnt in air, SO2 is produced.

 

Equation:

S(s) + O2(g)                     SO2(g)

 

Note:

This reaction is not suitable for preparing a pure sample of the gas in the lab.

Reason

– The gas is contaminated with traces of O2; N2; CO2 and inert gases.

– There are higher chances of environmental pollution, due to escape of some of the gas into the atmosphere.

 

(d). Roasting metal sulphides in air

Examples:

2FeS(g) + 3O2(g)                    2FeO(s) + 2SO2(g)

2ZnS(g) + 3O2(g)                    2ZnO(s) + 2SO2(g)

 

Preparation of sulphur (IV) oxide solution.

(i). Apparatus

                       

(ii). Procedure

– Gas is directly passed into water using an inverted funnel; to prevent “sucking back” by increasing surface area for dissolution.

 

Properties of sulphur (IV) oxide gas

Physical properties

  1. It is a colourless gas with an irritating (pungent) characteristic smell.
  2. It neither burns nor supports combustion i.e. when a lighted splint is introduced into a gas jar full of sulphur (IV) oxide, the splint is extinguished.
  3. It has a low PH.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chemical properties.

– It is a strong reducing agent.

– An aqueous solution of sulphur (IV) oxide, sulphurous acid is strong reducing agent.

– The sulphite radical, SO32-, acts as a supplier of electrons; the overall reaction results into formation of sulphate ions.

 

Equations:

H2SO3(aq)                       2H+(aq) + SO32-(aq) then;

 

SO32-(aq) + H2O(l)                SO42-(aq) + 2H+(aq) + 2e-

 

– The resultant electrons supplied are accepted by an oxidizing agent, which consequently gets reduced.

 

Examples:

(i). Reduction of acidified potassium manganate (VII).

Procedure.

-To about 2 cm3 of sulphur (IV) oxide solution, 2 cm3 of dilute H2SO4 was added followed by an equal volume of potassium manganate (VII) solution.

 

Observations

– Purple solution changes to colourless.

 

Explanation

– Purple manganate (VII) ions are reduced to colourless manganate (II) ions, while H2SO3 (sulphurous (IV) acid) is reduced to sulphate ions and water.

 

Equation:

 

5SO2(g) + 2KMnO4(aq) + 2H2O                       K2SO4(aq) + 2MnSO4(aq)+ H2SO4(aq)

 

 

Ionically;

2MnO4(aq) + 5SO32-(aq) + 6H+(aq)                      2Mn2+(aq) + 5SO42-(aq) + 3H2O(l)

 

(ii). Reduction of potassium chromate (IV) solution

 

Procedure

– To 2 cm3 of Sulphur (IV) oxide solution, 2 cm3 of dilute H2SO4 was added followed by an equivalent volume of potassium chromate (VI) solution.

 

Observation

– Acidified potassium chromate (VI) solution change from orange to green.

 

Equation

K2Cr2O7(aq) + 3SO2(aq) + H2SO4(aq)                    K2SO4(aq) + H2O(l) + Cr2(SO4)3(aq)

(Orange)                                                                                                                                                                    (Green)

 

Ionically:                                Oxidation

 

 

Cr2O72-(aq) + 3SO32-(aq) + 8H+(aq)                      2Cr3+(aq) + 3SO42-(aq)

 

 

Reduction

Note:  this is the usual chemical test for sulphur (IV) oxide.

 

(iii). Reduction of Iron (III) ions to Iron (II) ions (Fe3+ to Fe2+)

 

Procedure

– About 3 cm3 of Iron (III) chloride solution are heated in a test tube and sulphur (IV) oxide gas bubbled into it.

 

Observations

– The brown solution turns green.

 

Explanation

– Aqueous sulphur (IV) oxide reduces to Fe3+ in FeCl3 which are brown to green Fe2+ in FeCl2(aq).

 

Ionically

2Fe3+(aq) + SO32-(aq) + H2O(l)                               Fe2+(aq) + SO42-(aq) + H+(aq)

 

 

(iv). Reduction of bromine water

 

Procedure

– Bromine water (red brown) is added to a solution of sulphur (IV) oxide followed by HCl and BaCl2 solution.

 

Equation

Br2(aq) + SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)                   2HBr(aq) + H2SO4(aq)

 

Ionically:                                         Oxidation

 

 

Br2(aq) + H2O(l) + SO32-(aq)                    2HBr(aq) + SO42-(aq)

(Red-brown)                                                                             (Colourless)

 

 

Reduction

On addition of barium chloride

– A white precipitate is formed, due to the formation of insoluble barium sulphate.

 

Equation:

Ba2+(aq) + SO42-(aq)                   BaSO4(s)

Note

– This test confirms presence of SO42- since a white precipitate insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid is formed.

– CO32-(aq) and SO32- also forms a white precipitate with BaCl2(aq) but the white precipitates dissolve in dilute HCl(aq)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v). Reduction of hydrogen peroxide

 

Procedure

– To 2 cm3 of aqueous sulphur (IV) oxide, an equal volume of hydrogen peroxide is added followed by 1 cm3 of HCl, then a few drops BaCl2 solution.

 

Observation and explanations:

– Bubbles of a colourless gas; that relights a glowing splint.

– Hydrogen peroxide is reduced to water; while the sulphite ion in aqueous sulphur (IV) oxide (H2SO3(aq)) is oxidized to SO42-(aq)

 

Equation

H2O2(l) +SO32-(aq)                         H2O(l) + SO42-(aq)

 

– On addition of BaCl2, a white precipitate insoluble in dilute HCl.

– This confirms presence of sulphate ions.

 

Equation:

Ba2+(aq) + SO42-(aq)                   BaSO4(s)

 

(vi). Reduction of concentrated nitric (V) acid

 

Procedure

– Sulphur (IV) oxide is bubbled through (into) a solution of concentrated nitric (v) acid.

 

Observation

– Brown fumes (of NO2) are liberated.

 

Explanation

– Sulphur (IV) oxide reduces nitric (V) acid to nitrogen (IV) oxide (brown) while it is itself oxidized by HNO3 to form H2SO4.

– Thus while SO2 is the reducing agent; HNO3 is the oxidizing agent.

 

Equation:

2HNO3(l) + SO2(g)                               2NO2(g) + H2SO4(aq)

                                                                                               (Brown fumes)

 

(vii). Reaction with atmospheric oxygen in light.

 

Procedure:

– About 2 cm3 of Sulphur (IV) oxide solution is left in a test tube in light for 24 hours, dilute HCl is then added, followed by barium chloride.

 

Observations and explanations:

– Atmospheric oxygen in light oxidizes sulphite ion (SO32-) into sulphate (SO42-)

 

Equation:

2SO32-(aq) + O2(g)                          2SO42-(aq)

 

– On adding barium chloride, a white precipitate insoluble in dilute HCl results; confirming presence of sulphate ion.

Equation:

Ba2+(aq) + SO42-(aq)                   BaSO4(s)

                                                (White ppt)

 

  1. Sulphur (IV) oxide as oxidizing agent

– It reacts as an oxidizing agent with reducing agents more powerful than itself.

 

Examples

 

(a). Reaction with hydrogen sulphide

 

Procedure

– A test tube of dry hydrogen sulphide gas is inverted into a gas jar full of moist sulphur (IV) oxide, and the gases allowed to mix.

 

Observation

Yellow deposits of sulphur is produced.

 

Examples:     

                         Oxidation

 

 

2H2S(g) + SO2(g)                       2H2O(l) + 3S(s)

 

 

                  Reduction

Explanations:

– H2S is a stronger reducing agent than sulphur (IV) oxide.

– Thus sulphur (IV) oxide acts as an oxidizing agent supplying oxygen to the hydrogen sulphide.

 

Note

– Dry gases do not react and for this reaction to occur, the gases must be moist or at least one of them.

 

(b). Reaction with burning magnesium

 

Procedure

– Burning magnesium is lowered into a gas jar full of sulphur (IV) oxide.

 

Observation

White fumes of magnesium oxide and yellow specks of sulphur.

 

Equation

 

2Mg(s) + SO2(g)                        2MgO(s) + S(s)

 

  1. Sulphur (IV) oxide as bleaching agent.

 

Procedure

– Coloured flower petals are placed in a test-tube full of sulphur (IV) oxide.

 

Observation

– The coloured (blue or red) petals are bleached (turned colorless);

 

Explanations:

– In presence of water, sulphur (IV) oxide acts as a bleaching agent.  It bleaches by reduction (removal of oxygen form the dye)

– It first combines with water forming the sulphurous acid; which then reduces the dye to form a colourless product.

 

Equations:

SO2(g) + H2O(l)                  H2SO3(aq)

 

H2SO3(aq)                               2H+(aq) + SO32-(aq)

 

Then;

SO32-(aq) + [O]             SO42-(aq)

               From dye

 

General equation

SO2(g) + H2O(l) + [Dye + (O)]                      Dye + H2SO4(aq)

                                                    Coloured                                       Colourless

Note

– The original colour may be restored by oxidation or prolonged exposure to air.  This explains why old newspapers which were originally bleached white by sulphur (IV) oxide turn brown with time.

– Chlorine bleaches by oxidation hence its oxidation is permanent; SO2 is however preferred because it is milder in action.

 

  1. Reaction with sodium hydroxide (alkalis)

 

Procedure

– A gas jar full of sulphur (IV) oxide is inverted over sodium hydroxide solution in a trough and shaken.

Observations

– Solution seen rises up in the jar.

 

Explanation

– Sulphur (IV) oxide is acidic, hence easily absorbed by alkaline solutions such as sodium hydroxide solution.

– Sodium sulphite and sodium hydrogen sulphites are formed depending on amount of sulphur oxide.

 

Equations

  • With limited sulphur (IV) oxide:

 

2NaOH(aq) +  SO2(g)                             Na2SO3(aq) + H2O(l)

 

  • With excess sulphur (IV) oxide:

 

NaOH(aq) + SO2(g)                                NaHSO3(aq)

 

Reaction with chlorine:

– Sulphur (IV) oxide reacts with moist chlorine to form an acidic mixture of sulphuric (VI) acid and hydrochloric acid.

 

Equation:

SO2(g) + SO2(g) H2O(l)                             H2SO4(aq) + 2HCl(aq)

Explanation:

– Sulphur (IV) oxide serves as the reducing agent reducing chlorine into hydrochloric acid;

– Chlorine acts as the oxidizing agent; oxidizing the sulphur (IV) oxide into sulphuric (VI) acid

 

Tests for sulphur (iv) oxide

  1. Characteristic pungent smell.
  2. Bleaches flower petals.
  3. Decolourises purple potassium manganate (VII)
  4. Turns filter paper soaked in acidified orange potassium dichromate (VI) solution to green

 

Sulphur (IV) oxide as a pollutant

– It is industrial waste in some chemical processes.

– The emission to the air it dissolves forming sulphurous acid.

 

Equation:

SO2(g) + H2O(l)                          H2SO3(aq)

 

– Sulphurous acid is readily oxidized to sulphuric (VI) acid; which attacks stonework and metal structures causing them to corrode.

– If breathed in, SO2 causes lung damage.

 

Uses of sulphur (VI) oxide

– Industrial manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid.

– Fumigation in green houses for purposes of pest and disease control.

– Preservative in jam and fruit juices.

– Bleaching agent for wool, straw, paper pulp etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sulphuric (VI) acid

 

Industrial manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid: The contact process

 

Raw materials

– Sulphide ores or sulphur.

– Water

– Oxygen (air)

– Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid.

 

The chemical process

 

Step 1: Production of sulphur (VI) oxide

– Sulphur (IV) oxide is obtained b burning the metal ores of sulphides or elemental sulphur in air.

 

Equation:

 

S(s) + O2(g)                    SO2(g)

 

– Obtaining sulphur (IV) oxide form pyrites is cheaper than form sulphur.

– Flowers of sulphur form pyrites is impure and contains dust; which involves extra expenses and time in purification.

 

 

Step 2:            Purification and drying

– The Sulphur (IV) oxide and excess air are passed through a series of driers and purifiers.

– Purifiers remove dust particles, which would otherwise poison the catalyst used in this process by taking up the catalytic surface thus impairing the catalytic efficiency.

– Purification (removal of dust) is by electrostatic precipitation.

– Are dried through concentrated sulphuric acid then passed through heat exchanger.

 

Step 3:  Heat exchanger reactions

– The pure dry SO2 and excess air mixture are passed into heat exchanger reactions.

 

Reason:

– To lower their temperatures since reaction in the proceeding chamber (catalytic chamber) are exothermic hence requiring lower temperatures.

 

Step 4:            Catalytic chamber

– Dry dust-free SO2 is mixed with clean excess air, heated and passed into a catalytic chamber containing vanadium (V) oxide catalyst.

 

Equation                 V2O5

2SO2(g) + O2(g)                          2SO3(g) + Heat

450oC

 

– The product is sulphur (VI) oxide, SO3.

– Formation of sulphur (VI) oxide is accompanied by evolution of heat (exothermic reaction) and a reduction in volume.

 

Note:

– A good yield of SO3 is favoured by the following conditions.

 

  1. Temperature

– The forward reaction is exothermic hence the yield can be favourable in low temperatures.

– However, at such low temperatures the equilibrium is attained very slowly.

– At high temperatures, equilibrium is achieved very quickly but sulphur (VI) oxide decomposes considerably.

– Thus a compromise optimum temperature of about 450oC is used in order to enable as much sulphur (VI) oxide as possible to be made in a reasonable time.

– From the graph, high SO3 yield is favoured by relatively low temperatures.

 

Graph: %age yield of sulphur (VI) oxide against temperature.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Pressure

– High pressures favour production of more sulphur (VI) oxide.

 

Reason

– The volume of gaseous reactants is higher than volume of gaseous products.

– Since reaction involves reduction in volume, theoretically pressure used should be as high as is economically convenient.

 

Note:

– High pressures are however disadvantageous.

 

Reason

– The equipment required to generate high pressure would be expensive to maintain.

– The high pressure could also liquefy sulphur (VI) oxide.

– A pressure slightly above atmospheric pressure is used providing 98% conversion at low maintenance costs.

 

  1. Catalyst

– A catalyst neither takes part in a reaction nor increases the yield.

– It merely speeds up the reaction i.e. reduces the time taken to react at equilibrium of 450oC.

– Main catalyst is vanadium (V) oxide (V2O5).

– It is spread out (in trays) on silica gel to increase the surface area for combination of reactants.

– Dust settled in the catalyst may reduce its effective area.

– Dust may also react with the catalyst, “poison” it and further reduce its efficiency.

– This explains need to purify gases thoroughly.

– An effective catalyst is platinised asbestos.

– However, vanadium (V) oxide is preferred.

 

Reasons:

– It is not easily poisoned by dust particles.

– It is cheaper and readily available.

 

Note:

– The highest yield of sulphur (VI) oxide is obtained at optimum conditions of 4500C and pressure 2-3 atmospheres in presence of vanadium (V) oxide or platinised asbestos.

 

Step 5:            Heat exchanger reactions

– Hot SO3 gas from catalytic chamber is again passed through heat exchanger for cooling after which the cooled gas is taken into an absorption chamber.

 

Step 6: Absorption chamber

– The SO3 is not dissolved (passed) into water directly.

 

Reason

– It dissolves in water exothermically with a loud, hissing sound giving off corrosive vapour resulting into harmful sulphuric acid “sprays” or mist all around.

 

– The SO3 is dissolved in conc. H2SO4 forming oleum (pyrosulphuric acid/ fuming sulphuric acid).

 

Equation:

 

SO3(g) + H2SO4(l)                      H2S2O7(l)

 

– Resultant “Oleum” is then channeled into a dilution chamber.

 

Step 7:  Dilution chamber.

– Oleum is diluted with correct amounts of water to form concentrated sulphuric acid.

 

Equation:

 

H2S2O7(l) + H2O(l)                          2H2SO4(aq)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary: flow diagram for the contact process:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pollution control in contact process.

– Main source of pollution is sulphur (IV) oxide.

– In catalyst chamber, SO2 reacts with oxygen forming SO3.

Equation:                V2O5

2SO2(g) + O2(g)                          2SO3(g) + Heat

450oC

– This is a reversible reaction and upto 98% conversion is possible and excess (unreacted) SO2 warmed and released into atmosphere via long chimneys.

– However, SO2 being a pollutant, little or none should be released into atmosphere.

– This is done by scrubbing the gas.

– This involves neutralizing the chimney gas by a solution of Calcium hydroxide forming a salt (calcium sulphite) and water.

 

Equation:

Ca(OH)2(aq) + SO2(g)                   CaSO3(aq) + H2O(l)

 

Note:

– In certain cases, filters are also installed to remove any traces of acid spray or mist form the exhaust gases.

– The unreacted gases (SO2 and SO3) may also be recycled within the process.

Properties of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid

Physical properties

  1. – Colourless, odourless, oily liquid.
  2. – Very dense; with density 1.84 gcm-3.
  3. – Soluble in water and gives out considerable heat when a solution is formed.
  4. – It is hygroscopic – absorbs atmospheric moisture to become wet.

 

Experiment: To show hygroscopic nature of conc. H2SO4.

(i). Procedure

– A small beaker half full of conc. H2SO4 is weighed.

– Level of acid in beaker is marked to the outside using gummed paper.

– Acid is left exposed to air for a week or so then weighed again and level also noted.

 

(ii). Observations

– There is an increase in weight of acid.

– Level of acid in beaker is now above the paper mark.

 

(iii). Explanations

– The increase in weight and size is due to water absorbed form the air by the conc. sulphuric (VI) acid.

 

Note:

– This explains why sulphuric (VI) acid is used as a drying agent.

 

Chemical properties

 

  1. – It is a dehydrating agent.

Examples:

 

(a). Action on blue hydrated copper (II) sulphate (CuSO4.5H2O) crystals.

 

(i). Procedure

– A few crystals of hydrated CuSO4.5H2O were put in a test tube and enough concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid added, to cover them completely.

 

(ii). Observation:

– Blue copper (II) sulphate pentahydrate crystals turn to white powder of anhydrous CuSO4.

 

Equation

 Conc. H2SO4

 

 

CuSO4.5H2O(s)               CuSO4(s) + 5H2O(l)

(Blue crystals)                                                      (White crystals)

 

Explanations:

– Conc.H2SO4 has a very strong affinity for water and hence removes water of crystallization from crystals hence dehydrating them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b). Action on white sugar (C12H22O11)

 

(i). Procedure:

– A tablespoonful of sugar is put in an evaporating dish form a beaker and adequate volume of conc. H2SO4 is added.

 

(ii). Observations:

– Sugar turns form brown then yellow and finally to a charred black mass of carbon.

– A spongy black mass of charcoal (carbon) rises almost filling the dish.

– Steam is also give off and dish becomes very hot since reaction is exothermic.

 

Equation

 Conc. H2SO4

 

 

C12H22O11(s)                       12C(s) + 11H2O(l)

(White crystals)                                       (Black solid)

 

Explanation

– The acid removed from the sugar elements of water (hydrogen and oxygen, ratio 2:1) to form water, leaving behind a black charred mass of carbon.

 

(c). Action on oxalic acid (ethanedioic acid (H2C2O4)

– Conc. H2SO dehydrates oxalic acid on heating to a mixture of carbon (II) oxide and carbon (IV) oxide.

 

 Conc. H2SO4

Equation

 

H2C2O4(s)                         CO(g) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

 

Note: 

– Conc. H2SO4 acid gives severe skin burns because it removes water and elements of water from skin tissue.

– Should the acid spill on skin, it is washed immediately with plenty of water followed with a solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate.

– Holes appear where the acid spills on clothes for same reason.

 

(d). Action on alcohols (alkanols)

– Conc. sulphuric (VI) acid dehydrates alcohols to corresponding alkenes.

 

Example: dehydration of ethanol to ethene

Equation:

 Conc. H2SO4

 

 

CH3CH2OH(s)                        C2H4(g) + H2O(l)

(Ethanol)                                                        (Ethene)

 

(e). Action on methanoic acid.

– Conc. sulphuric (VI) acid dehydrates methanoic acid to form CO.

 Conc. H2SO4

Equation:

 

HCOOH(s)                       CO(g) + H2O(l)

 

 

  1. Further reactions of conc. H2SO4 as an oxidizing agent.

– Hot concentrated Sulphuric acts as an oxidizing agent in which cases it is reduced to sulphur (IV) oxide and water.

 

Examples:

 

(a). Reaction with metals.

  • Copper

Cu(s) + 2H2SO4(l)                      CuSO4(aq) + SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

 

Note: the copper (II) sulphate formed is white since the conc. H2SO4 further dehydrates the hydrated CuSO4.

 

  • Zinc

Zn(s) + 2H2SO4(l)                      ZnSO4(aq) + SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

                    (Hot acid)

 

Zn(s) +  H2SO4(l)                       ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)

                    (Cold acid)

 

  • Lead

Pb(s) + 2H2SO4(l)                      PbSO4(aq) + SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

                    (Hot; conc.)                                      (Insoluble)

 

Note: 

– Dilute sulphuric (VI) acid doesn’t  have any action on copper.

Reason:

– Copper is below hydrogen in reactivity series hence cannot displace it from the acid.

 

– This acid (H2SO4) has very little effects on lead, and usually the amount of SO2 liberated is very little.

Reason:

– Formation of an insoluble lead sulphate layer that forms a protective coating on the metal stopping further reaction.

 

(b). Reaction with non-metals.

– Concentrated sulphuric acid oxidizes non-metals such as sulphur and carbon to their respective oxides.

 

Equations:

Ø  With carbon

C(s) + 2H2SO4(l)                        CO2(g) + 2SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

Ø  With sulphur

S(s) + 2H2SO4(l)                      3SO2(aq) +  2H2O(l)

 

  1. It is a less volatile acid; and displaces more volatile acids (refer to lab preparation of HNO3)

 

 

 

 

 

Reactions of dilute sulphuric acid

  1. Reaction with metals

– It reacts with metals above hydrogen in the reactivity series to produce a salt and hydrogen.

– With potassium and sodium, reaction is violent.

 

Equations:

  • With magnesium:

Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq)                     MgSO4(aq) + H2(g)

 

  • With zinc:

Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq)                      ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)

 

Note:

– Copper is below hydrogen in reactivity series hence can’t displace hydrogen form dilute sulphuric (VI) acid.

 

  1. Reaction with carbonates and hydrogen carbonates

– Dilute H2SO4(aq) reacts with carbonates and hydrogen carbonates to produce a salt, carbon (IV) oxide and water.

 

Equations

  • With sodium carbonate:

Na2CO3(s) + H2SO4(aq)                      Na2SO4(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

 

  • With calcium hydrogen carbonate:

CaHCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq)                    CaSO4(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

 

Note:

– Reaction with lead carbonate however stops soon after the reaction.

 

Reason:

– Formation of an insoluble coating of the lead (II) sulphate on the lead (II) carbonate which prevents further contact between acid and carbonate.

– The same logic applies for calcium carbonate.

 

  1. Reaction with oxides and hydroxides

– Reacts to form salt and water.

– However, those metal oxides whose sulphates are insoluble react only for a while.

– Thus reaction between dilute sulphuric (VI) acid and lead (II) oxide stops almost immediately.

– This is due to formation of an insoluble layer of lead (II) sulphate which effectively prevents further contact between acid and oxide.

 

Equations:

  • With magnesium oxide:

MgO(s) + H2SO4(aq)                  MgSO4(aq) + H2O(g)

(White)                                                               (Colourless solution)

 

  • With copper (II) oxide:

CuO(s) + H2SO4(aq)                   CuSO4(aq) + H2O(g)

(Black)                                                               (Blue solution)

  • With sodium hydroxide:

NaOH(s) + H2SO4(aq)                Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(g)

(White)                                                               (Colourless solution)

 

  • With lead (II) oxide:

PbO(s) + H2SO4(aq)                   PbSO4(aq) + H2O(g)

(Red)                                                                   (White ppt; reaction stops immediately)

 

Uses of sulphuric (VI) acid

  1. Manufacture of fertilizers.
  2. Processing of metal ores.
  3. Manufacture of detergents.
  4. Manufacture of plastics.
  5. Manufacture of dyes and paints.
  6. Manufacture of lead and accumulators.
  7. Manufacture of polymers.
  8. Manufacture of petroleum (petroleum refinery).
  9. Drying agent in industrial processes.

 

 

Hydrogen sulphide gas

– It is a colourless gas with a characteristic “rotten egg” smell; and is usually given out by rotting cabbage and eggs.

 

Laboratory preparation

 

(i). Apparatus:

    Warm water

 

H2S(g)
Iron (II) sulphide
     Dil. HCl
                                           Anhydrous                       Dry H2S gas

Calcium chloride

    Iron (II) sulphide
Dil HCl
 

 

 

 

Or

(ii). Procedure:

– Dilute hydrochloric acid is poured into Iron (II) sulphide in a round-bottomed flask.

– Resultant gas is passed through U-tube with anhydrous calcium chloride to dry the gas.

– This can also be done with phosphorous (V) oxide.

 

Equation:

FeS(s) + 2HCl(aq)                      H2S(g) + FeCl2(aq)

 

Ionically:

S2-(aq) + H+(aq)                H2S(g)

 

(iii). Collection of gas

– When dry, the gas is collected by downward delivery because it is denser than air.

– When wet is collected over warm water because it is more soluble in cold water.

 

  • Hydrogen sulphide test.

– When a strip of filter paper soaked in aqueous lead (II) ethanoate is put in hydrogen sulphide, the paper turns black or dark brown.

Reason:

– Due to the formation of lead (II) sulphide which is black.

 

Equation

H2S(g) + (CH2COOH)2Pb(aq)                     PbS(s) + 2CH3COOH(aq)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Properties of hydrogen sulphide gas

Physical properties

  1. Colourless and very poisonous gas (similar to hydrogen cyanide)
  2. Has a repulsive smell (similar to that of rotten eggs or decaying cabbages)
  3. Soluble in water giving a weak acid (only slightly ionized)

 

Equation:

H2S(g) + H2O(l)                          H2S(aq)

 

Then:

H2S(aq)                                     H+(aq) + HS(aq)                         2H+(aq) + S2-(aq)

 

– The acid is dibasic hence forms hydrogen sulphides.

 

Equation:

2NaOH(aq) + H2S(g)                         NaHS(aq) + 2H2O(l)

 

Note: 

Potassium hydroxide reacts similarly like sodium hydroxide.

 

Chemical properties

  1. Combustion

– Burns in a blue flame in a limited supply of oxygen (air) forming a yellow deposit of sulphur and steam.

 

Equation:

2H2S(g) + O2(g)                      2SO2(s) + 2H2O(g)

 

– In plentiful supply (excess) of Oxygen (air) it burns with a blue flame forming SO2 and steam.

 

Equation:

2H2S(g) +3O2(g)       2S(s) + 2H2O(g)

 

  1. It is a reducing agent

– It supplies electrons which are accepted by the oxidizing agent and forms sulphur.

 

Ionically:

H2S(aq) + 2H+(aq) + S2-(aq)

 

Then

S2-(aq)                   S(s) + 2e(aq)

 

H2S(aq) + [O]                     S(s) + H2O(l); in terms of addition of oxygen.

 

 

 

 

Examples

(i). With acidified K2Cr2O7 solution (potassium dichromate VI)

 

Equation:

Reduction:

 

 

Cr2O72-(aq) + 3H2S(g) + 8H+(aq)                          2Cr3+(aq) + 7H2O(l) + 3S(s)

(Orange)                                                                                                        (Green)

 

                                                                                                         Oxidation

 

Observation: The orange solution turns green and H2S oxidized to yellow sulphur.

 

(ii). Potassium manganate (VII) (KMnO4)

Equation:

Reduction:

 

 

2MnO4(aq) + 5H2S(g) + 6H+(aq)                         2Mn2+(aq) + 8H2O(l) + 5S(s)

(Purple)                                                                                                         (Colourless)

 

                                                                                                         Oxidation

Observation:

– The Purple solution turns colourless

– Manganate (VII) ions are reduced to manganate (II) ions; H2S oxidized to yellow sulphur.

 

(iii). Action on Iron (III) chloride ions

Equation:

FeCl3(aq) + H2S(g)                                       2FeCl2(aq) + 2HCl(aq) + S(s)

 

Ionically:

Reduction:

 

 

Fe3+(aq) + S2-(g)                                                     Fe2+(aq) + 3S(s)

(Brown)                                                                                                         (Pale green)

 

                                                         Oxidation

 

Observation:

– The brown solution turns pale green;

– The Fe3+(aq) are reduced to Fe2+(aq); while the S2-(aq) are oxidized to yellow sulphur.

 

(iv). Action with Conc. HNO3

Equation:

2HNO3(aq) + H2S(g)                                   2H2O(aq) + 2NO2(aq) + S(s) + Heat

 

Ionically:

Reduction:

 

 

2H+(aq) + 2NO3(aq) + H+(aq) + S2-(aq)                   2H2O(l) + 2NO2(g) + S(s) + Heat

(Colourless solution)                                                                                                              (Brown)          (Yellow)

 

                                                                                                         Oxidation

Observation:

– Evolution of brown fumes; and deposits of a yellow solid;

– HNO3(aq) is reduced to brown NO2(g); while S2-(aq) are oxidized to yellow sulphur;

Note: The solution also contains H2SO4 produced by the reaction:

Reduction

 

 

2HNO3(aq) + H2S(g)                                 H2SO4(aq) + 8NO2(aq) + 4H2O(l) ;

 

 

Oxidation

 

(v). Action of air on H2S

– The gas is dissolved in distilled water in a beaker and exposed to air; after a few days, a white disposal is formed.

 

Equation:

H2S(g) + O2(g)                2H2O(l) + 2S(s)

 

(vi). Action with concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid.

 

Equation

Reduction

 

 

H2SO4(aq) + 3H2S(g)                               4S(s) + 4H2O(l)

 

 

Oxidation

 

(vii). Action with halogen elements

  • Red-brown bromine water

– Red-brown bromine water is reduced forming colourless hydrogen bromide (Hydrobromic acid) and yellow deposits (suspension) of sulphur.

 

Equation:

Reduction

 

 

Br2(aq) + H2S(g)                         2HBr(aq) + S(s)

(Red-brown)                                                       (Colourless)    (Yellow suspension)

 

Oxidation

 

(viii). Action with hydrogen peroxide.

Equation:

Reduction

 

 

H2O2(aq) + H2S(g)                      2H2O(l) + S(s)

(Red-brown)                                                       (Colourless)    (Yellow suspension)

 

Oxidation

 

 

 

 

Preparation of metallic sulphides

– Hydrogen sulphide reacts with metal ions in solution to form precipitates of metal sulphides; majority of which are black in colour.

 

(i). Procedure

– The gas is bubbled through solutions of the following salts: Pb (NO3)2, CuSO4, FeSO4 etc.

 

(ii). Observations and equations

  • Lead ions:

Pb(NO3)2(aq) + H2S(aq)                         PbS(s) + 2HNO3(aq)

(Colourless)                                                                              (Black)

 

Ionically:

Pb2+(aq) + S2-(aq)                        PbS(s)

 

  • Copper (II) ions:

CuSO4(aq) + H2S(aq)                         CuS(s) + H2SO4(aq)

(Blue)                                                                          (Black)

 

Ionically:

Cu2+(aq) + S2-(aq)                       CuS(s)

 

  • Iron (II) ions:

FeSO4(aq) + H2S(aq)                                  FeS(s) + H2SO4(aq)

(Pal green)                                                                                (Black)

 

Ionically:

Fe2+(aq) + S2-(aq)                      FeS(s)

 

  • Zinc ions:

Zn(NO3)2(aq) + H2S(aq)                         ZnS(s) + 2HNO3(aq)

(Colourless)                                                                              (Black)

 

Ionically:

Zn2+(aq) + S2-(aq)                     ZnS(s)

 

Note:

– Most metal sulphides are insoluble in water except those of sodium, potassium and ammonium.

 

 

 

Sulphites

– Are compounds of the sulphite radical (SO32-) and a metallic or ammonium cation

 

Effects of heat

– They decompose on heating, forming SO2;

 

Example:

CuSO3(s)       Heat         CuO(s) + SO2(g)

 

Test for sulphites

 

(i). Procedure

– To 2cm3 of the test solution, ad 2 cm3 of BaCl2 or Ba (NO3)2; i.e. addition of barium ions.

– To the mixture add 2 cm3 of dilute HCl or HNO3.

 

(ii). Observation

– A white precipitate (BaSO3) is formed which dissolves on addition of acid.

– Production of a colourless gas that turns filter paper soaked in acidified orange potassium dichromate (VI) to green.

 

(iii). Explanations

– Only BaSO3; BaCO3 and BaSO4 form white precipitates;

– The precipitates of BaSO3 and BaCO3 dissolve on addition of dilute acids; unlike BaSO4;

– BaSO3 produces SO2(g) as it dissolves on addition of a dilute acid; SO2 turns orange acidified potassium dichromate (VI) to green;

– BaCO3 of the other hand dissolves in dilute acids producing CO2; which has no effect on K2Cr2O7; but forms a white precipitate in lime water;

 

Equations:

  • On addition of Ba2+:

Ba2+(aq) + SO32-(aq)                        BaSO3(s)

(White precipitate)

 

  • On addition of dilute HCl(aq):

BaSO3(s) + 2HCl(aq)                     BaCl2(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l)

(White precipitate)                                                                              (Colourless)

 

Ionically:

BaSO3(s) + 2H+(aq)                        Ba2+(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l)

 

 

Sulphates

– Are compounds of the sulphate radical (SO42-) and a metallic or ammonium cation.

 

Effects of heat.

– Decompose on heating and liberate SO2 and SO3 or SO3 alone;

– However quite a number of sulphates do not decompose on heating; and thus require very strong heating in order to decompose.

 

Examples:

2FeSO4(s)         Heat       Fe2O3(s) + SO2(g) + SO3(g)

(Pale green)                                      (Brown)            (Colourless gases)

 

CuSO4(s)          Heat       CuO(s) + SO3(g)

(Blue)                                                 (Black)         (Colourless)

Action of acids

Test for sulphates

– To about 2 cm3 of the test solution, 2 cm3 of BaCl2 or Ba (NO3)2 solution is added.

– To the mixture, 2 cm3 of dilute HCl or HNO3 is added.

 

Observation

– A white precipitate is formed when Ba (NO3)2 is added; which is insoluble in excess acid.

 

Explanations.

– Only BaSO3; BaCO3 and BaSO4 form white precipitates;

– The precipitates of BaSO3 and BaCO3 dissolve on addition of dilute acids; unlike BaSO4;

– Thus the white precipitate insoluble in dilute HCl or HNO3 could only be a sulphate; in this case barium sulphate.

 

Equations:

  • On addition of Ba2+:

 

Ba2+(aq) + SO42-(aq)                        BaSO4(s)

                                                                                (white precipitate)

 

  • On addition of dilute acid:

BaSO4(s) + 2HCl(aq)                     BaSO4(s) + 2HCl(aq); i.e. no effect;

(White precipitate)                                                                    (White precipitate)

 

 

 

Pollution by sulphur compounds.

– Main pollutants are sulphur (IV) Oxide and hydrogen sulphide.

 

(a). Sulphur (IV) oxide.

– SO2 is emitted when sulphur-containing fuels are burnt; during extraction of metals like copper and in manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid.

– SO2 is oxidized to SO3;

– SO3 reacts with water in atmosphere to form sulphuric (VI) acid which comes down as acid rain or acid fog.

Acid rain (fog) has environmental effects:

  • Leaching of minerals in soil;
  • Erosion of stone work on buildings;
  • Corrosion of metallic structures;
  • Irritation of respiratory systems thus worsening respiratory illnesses;
  • Death of plants as a result of defoliation (falling of leaves);
  • Destruction of aquatic life in acidified lakes;
  • Stunted plant growth due to chlorosis;

 

(b). H2S is very poisonous.

 

 

 

 

UNIT 5: CHLORINE AND ITS COMPOUNDS.

Unit Checklist:

  1. About chlorine.
  2. Preparation of chlorine.
  3. Properties of chlorine.
  • Colour and smell
  • Solubility in water
  • Action on litmus paper
  • Bleaching action
  • Action on hot metals
  • Reaction with non-metals
  • Oxidation reactions
  • Reaction with alkalis
  • Effect of sunlight on chlorine water.
  1. Industrial manufacture of chlorine (The mercury cathode cell)
  2. Uses of chlorine and its compounds
  3. Hydrogen chloride gas
  • Preparation
  • Properties
  1. Test for chlorides.
  2. Hydrochloric acid
  • Large scale manufacture
  • Uses of hydrochloric acid
  1. Environmental pollution of chlorine and its compounds

 

Introduction:

– Chlorine is a molecular non-metallic element made up of diatomic molecules.

– Its electron arrangement is 2.8.7 and it belongs to the halogen family.

 

Preparation of chlorine.

Note: It is usually prepared by oxidation of concentrated hydrochloric acid by removal of hydrogen.

 

Equation:

2HCl(aq) + [O]                Cl2(g) + H2O(l)

– The [O] is from a substance containing oxygen.

 

(a). Preparation of chlorine from MnO2 and HCl.

(i). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Conditions:

– Heating;

– Presence of an oxidizing agent; in this case it is manganese (IV) oxide.

 

(iii). Procedure:

– Hydrochloric acid is reacted with manganese (IV) oxide (dropwise);

Equation:

MnO2(s) + 4HCl(aq)     Heat        MnCl2(aq) + 2H2O(l) + Cl2(g)

 

(iv). Explanation:

– Manganese (IV) oxide oxidizes hydrochloric acid by removing hydrogen resulting into chlorine.

– The manganese (IV) oxide is reduced to water and manganese chloride.

– The resultant chlorine gas is passed through a bottle containing water.

Reason:

– To remove hydrogen chloride fumes (gas) which is very soluble in water.

– Next it is passed through concentrated sulphuric acid or anhydrous calcium chloride; to dry the gas.

 

(v). Collection:

(a). Wet chlorine is collected over brine (saturated sodium chloride solution) or hot water.

Reason:

– It does not dissolve in brine and is less soluble in water

 

(b). Dry chlorine is collected by downward delivery (upward displacement of air)

Reason:

– It is denser than air (2.5 times).

Note:

– Chlorine may also be dried by adding calcium chloride to the jar of chlorine.

 

(c). The first bottle must contain water and the second concentrated sulphuric acid.

Reason:

– If the gas is first passed through concentrated sulphuric acid in the first bottle then to the water; it will be made wet again.

 

Properties of chlorine gas.

  1. Colour and smell.

Caution: Chlorine is very poisonous.

– It is a green-yellow gas with an irritating pungent smell that attacks the nose and the lungs.

– It is 2.5 times denser than air, hence can be collected by downward delivery.

 

  1. Solubility in water.

– It is fairly soluble in water forming green-yellow chlorine water.

 

Equation:

Cl2(g) + H2O(l)                           HCl(aq) + HOCl(aq)

 

– Chlorine water is composed of two acids; chloric (I) acid (hypochlorous acid) and hydrochloric acid.

 

  1. Action on litmus paper.

– Moist chlorine turns litmus paper red then bleaches it.

– Dry chlorine turns damp blue litmus paper red then bleaches it.

– Moist chlorine bleaches red litmus paper; dry chlorine bleaches damp red litmus paper.

– Dry chlorine has no effect on dry litmus paper.

Reasons:

(i). In presence of moisture chlorine forms chlorine water which is acidic and hence turns blue litmus paper red.

(ii). Hypochlorous acid in the chlorine water is an oxidizing agent; thus adds oxygen (oxidizes) to the colour of most dyes; hence bleaching it.

 

Equations:

Cl2(g) + H2O(l)                           HCl(aq) + HOCl(aq)

 

 

Acidic solution

Then:

Dye + HOCl(aq)                      HCl(aq) + {Dye + [O]}

Coloured                                                                                              Colourless

 

  1. Bleaching action.

– Moist chlorine bleaches dyes but not printers ink which is made of carbon.

– The colour change is due to oxidation by hypochlorous acid.

 

Equations:

Cl2(g) + H2O(l)                           HCl(aq) + HOCl(aq)

 

 

Acidic solution

Then:

Dye + HOCl(aq)                      HCl(aq) + {Dye + [O]}

Coloured                                                                                            Colourless

  1. Action on a burning splint.

– The gas put out a glowing splint. It does not burn.

 

  1. Action on hot metals.

(a). Preparation of iron (III) chloride.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Precaution.

– Experiment should be done in a fume cupboard or in the open.

Reason:

– Chlorine gas is poisonous and will thus be harmful to the human body.

 

(iii). Procedure:

– Dry chlorine gas is passed over iron wool as per the diagram.

 

(iv). Conditions.

  • Chlorine gas has to be dry (done by the anhydrous calcium chloride in the U-tube)

Reason:

To prevent hydration hence oxidation of iron (which will then form Fe2O3.5H2O) hence preventing reaction between iron and chlorine.

 

  • Iron metal must be hot; and this is done by heating.

Reason:

To provide activation energy i.e. the minimum kinetic energy which the reactants must have to form products.

 

  • Anhydrous calcium chloride.

– In the U-tube; to dry the chlorine gas.

– In the thistle funnel; to prevent atmospheric water vapour (moisture) from getting into the apparatus and hence reacting with iron (III) chloride.

 

(v). Observations:

– Iron metal glows red-hot.

– Red brown fumes (FeCl3(g)) are formed in the combustion tube.

– A black solid (FeCl3(s)) is collected in the flask.

Note:

– Iron (III) chloride cannot be easily collected in the combustion tube.

Reason:

– It sublimes when heated and hence the hotter combustion tube causes it to sublime and its vapour is collected on the cooler parts of the flask.

 

(vi). Reaction equation.

2Fe(s) + 3Cl2(g)                  2FeCl3(g)

 

(vii). Conclusion.

– Iron (III) chloride sublimes on heating; the black solid changes to red-brown fumes on heating.

Equation:

FeCl3(s)                                  FeCl3(g)

(black)                                        (Red-brown)

 

 

(b). Aluminium chloride.

2Al(s) + 3Cl2(g)             2FeCl2(s)

2Al(s) + 3Cl2(g)             Al2Cl6(s)

 

Note:

– Aluminium chloride also sublimes on heating.

Equation:

AlCl3(s)                                  AlCl3(g)

(White)                                        (White)

 

(c). Reaction with burning magnesium.

(i). Procedure:

– Burning magnesium is lowered into a gar jar of chlorine gas.

 

(ii). Observations:

– The magnesium continues to burn with a bright blinding flame;

– Formation of white fumes (MgCl2); which cools into a white powder.

 

(iii). Equation:

Mg(s) + Cl2(g)                  MgCl2(s)

 

– Generally chlorine reacts with most metals when hot top form corresponding chlorides.

Note:

Where a metal forms two chlorides when it reacts with chlorine, the higher chloride is usually formed.

Reason:

The higher chloride is stable. This explains why reactions of chlorine with iron results into iron (III) chloride and not iron (II) chloride.

 

 

  1. Reaction with non-metals.

– It reacts with hot metals; forming covalent molecular compounds.

 

(a). Reaction with phosphorus.

(i). Procedure:

– A piece of warm phosphorus is lowered into a gas jar of chlorine.

 

(ii). Observations:

– Phosphorus begins to smoulder and then ignites spontaneously.

– Evolution of white fumes (PbCl3 and PCl5)

 

(iv). Explanation.

– Chlorine reacts with warm dry phosphorus to form white fumes of phosphorus (III) and (V) chlorides.

 

Equations:

P4(s) + 6Cl2(g)                  4PCl3(s)

(With limited chlorine)

P4(s) + 10Cl2(g)              4PCl5(s)

(With excess chlorine)

 

(b). Reaction with hydrogen.

(i). Conditions:

– Heating or presence of light; since chlorine and hydrogen do not react with each other at room temperature.

 

(ii). Precaution:

– The experiment is performed in a fume chamber (cupboard); since the reaction is explosive;

 

(iii). Procedure:

– Chlorine gas is mixed with hydrogen gas and the mixture heated or exposed to direct light; then aqueous ammonia brought near the mouth of the jar.

 

(iv). Observations:

White fumes at the mouth of the jar.

 

(v). Explanations:

– Chlorine reacts explosively with hydrogen to form hydrogen chloride gas.

Equation:

Cl2(g) + H2(g)    Heat/ Light     2HCl(g).

 

– The hydrogen chloride gas diffuses upwards and reacts with ammonia at the mouth of the test tube to form white fumes of ammonium chloride; NH4Cl.

Equation:

HCl(g) + NH3(g)       NH4Cl(g)

White fumes.

 

  1. Chlorine as an oxidizing agent.

– Chlorine is a strong oxidizing agent and oxidizes many ions, by readily accepting electrons.

– During the process, chlorine itself undergoes reduction.

 

(a). Reaction with hydrogen sulphide gas.

(i). Procedure:

– A gas jar full of chlorine gas is inverted into another containing hydrogen sulphide gas.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii). Observations:

Yellow deposits (of sulphur)

Misty fumes (hydrogen chloride gas)

 

(iv). Explanations:

– Chlorine oxidizes hydrogen sulphide gas to sulphur solid, while itself is reduced to hydrogen chloride gas.

Equation:              Oxidation

 

 

Cl2(g) + H2S(g)               2HCl(g) + S(s)

 

 

Reduction

(v). Conditions:

– At least one of the gases must be moist; they do not react with each other in absence of moisture.

Note:

– In absence of moisture both gases are still in molecular form and hence cannot react; water facilitates their ionization hence ability to react.

 

– If aqueous hydrogen sulphide is used, then sulphur forms as a yellow suspension on the acidic solution.

Equations:

Stoichiometric:

Cl2(g) + H2S(aq)             2HCl(aq) + S(s)

 

Ionic:

Cl2(g) + S2-(g)                 2Cl(g) + S(s)

 

(b). Reaction with sodium sulphite.

Procedure:

– Chlorine gas is bubbled through sodium sulphate in a beaker.

– Resulting solution is then divided into two portions.

– To the first portion, drops of dilute nitric acid are added followed by few drops of barium nitrate solution.

– To the second portion, few drops of lead (II) nitrate are added and the mixture warmed then cooled.

 

(ii). Observations:

1st portion: White precipitate formed indicating presence of SO42-;

 

 

Explanations:

– The white precipitate indicate presence of SO42-; the precipitate is barium sulphate Ba(SO4)2;

– Chlorine oxidizes SO32- in Na2SO3 to SO42- while itself is reduced to chloride ions;

 

Equations:

H2O(l) + Cl2(g) + Na2SO3(aq)                  Na2SO4(aq) + 2HCl(aq)

 

Ionically:

Cl2(g) + SO32-(aq) + H2O(l)                        SO42-(aq) +  2H+(aq) + 2Cl(aq)

 

– On adding barium nitrate (Ba(NO3)2); the Ba2+ ions react with the SO42-  to form insoluble BaSO4; the white precipitate.

 

Ionically;

Ba2+(aq)   +  SO42-(aq)                              BaSO4(s)

(White precipitate)

Note:

– The solution is first acidified (with HNO3) before addition of Ba(NO3)2 to prevent precipitation of BaSO3(s) and BaCO3(s).

 

2nd portion:

Observation:

– Formation of a white precipitate on addition of Pb(NO3)2 solution.

– On warming the white precipitate dissolves then recrystalizes back on cooling.

 

Explanations:

– The white precipitate shows presence of either Cl; SO32- or  SO42-

– However the fact that it dissolves on warming confirms the presence of Cl(aq) and not SO32-(aq) and SO32-(aq)

 

Equation:

Pb2+(aq)   +  Cl(aq)                                     PbCl2(s)

(White precipitate soluble on warming)

 

(c). Reaction with ammonia.

(i). Procedure:

Chlorine gas is bubbled through aqueous ammonia.

 

(ii). Observations:

– Evolution of white fumes.

 

(iii). Explanation.

– Chlorine gas oxidizes ammonia to nitrogen, while is itself reduced to white fumes of ammonium chloride.

 

Equation:              Reduction

 

 

8NH3(g) + 3Cl2(g)                      6NH4Cl(g) + N2(s)

 

 

Oxidation

 

(d). Displacement reactions with other halogens.

(i). Procedure:

– Chlorine is bubbled through aqueous solutions of fluoride, bromide and iodide ions contained in separate test tubes.

 

(ii). Observations and explanations:

  • With fluoride ions.

– No observable change or no reaction; because chlorine is a weaker oxidizing agent than fluorine.

 

  • With bromide ions:

– If potassium bromide was used, the colourless solution turns red-brown.

Reason:

– Chlorine has a higher tendency to gain electrons than bromine.

– It readily oxidizes bromide ions (in KBr) to form potassium chloride and bromine which immediately dissolves to make the solution red-brown.

 

Equation:              Reduction

 

 

2KBr(aq) + Cl2(g)                       2KCl(aq) + Br2(l)

 

 

Oxidation                                         Red brown

Ionically;

2Br(aq) + Cl2(g)                              2Cl(aq) + Br2(l)

 

With iodide ions.

– Using potassium iodide the colourless solution would turn black.

Reason:

– Chlorine has a higher tendency to gain electrons that iodine.

– It readily oxidizes the I (in KI) to form iodine and potassium chloride.

– Iodine solid in the resulting solution makes it black.

 

Equation:          Reduction

 

 

2KI(aq) + Cl2(g)             2KCl(aq) + I2(l) (black)

 

 

Oxidation                                                

Ionically;

2I(aq) + Cl2(g)                    2l(aq) + Br2(l)

 

  1. Reaction with alkalis.

(a). Reaction with sodium hydroxide solution.

(i). Procedure:

– Bubble chlorine slowly through cold dilute sodium hydroxide solution.

– Dip litmus paper.

 

(ii). Observation:

– Litmus paper is bleached; the product has the colour and smell of chlorine.

 

 

(iii). Explanation:

– Chlorine dissolves in sodium hydroxide to form a pale yellow solution of sodium chlorate (I) or sodium hypochlorite (NaClO);

– The sodium chlorate (I) bleaches dyes by oxidation.

Equation:

Cl2(g)+ 2NaOH(l)                      NaCl(aq) + NaClO(aq) + H2O(l)

 

 

Pale yellow solution

Bleaching action of NaClO:

– The NaClO donates oxygen to the dye making it colourless; and thus it bleaches by oxidation.

Equation:

Dye + NaClO(aq)                     NaCl(aq) + {Dye + [O]}

Coloured                                                                                                Colourless

 

Note:

With hot concentrated sodium hydroxide, the chlorine forms sodium chlorate (III); NaClO3.

Equation:

3Cl2(g)+ 6NaOH(l)                          5NaCl(aq) + NaClO3(aq) + 3H2O(l)

 

(b). Reaction with potassium hydroxide

– Follows the trend of sodium.

 

(c). Reaction with slaked lime {Ca(OH)2(s)}

Equation:

Cl2(g)+ Ca(OH)2(l)                        CaOCl2(aq) + 3H2O(l)

Calcium chlorate I

 

Note:

Bleaching powder, CaOCl2 always smells of strongly of chlorine because it reacts with carbon (IV) oxide present in the atmosphere to form chlorine.

Equation:

CaOCl2(s) + CO2(g)                          CaCO3(s) + Cl2(g)

 

  1. Effects of chlorine gas on:

(a). A burning candle.

(i). Procedure:

– A burning candle is lowered into a gas jar of chlorine.

 

(ii). Observations:

– It burns with a small, red and sooty flame.

 

(iii). Explanations:

– Wax (in candles) consists of mainly hydrocarbons.

– The hydrogen of the hydrocarbon reacts with chlorine forming hydrogen chloride while leaving behind carbon.

 

(b). warm turpentine.

(i). Procedure:

– A little turpentine is warmed in a dish and a filter paper soaked (dipped) in it.

– The filter paper is then dropped into a gas jar of chlorine.

(ii). Observation:

– There is a red flash accompanied by a violent action whilst a black cloud of solid particles form.

 

(iii). Conclusion:

– Black cloud of slid is carbon.

– Turpentine (a hydrocarbon) consists of hydrogen and carbon combined together.

– The chlorine combines with hydrogen and leaves the black carbon behind.

 

Equation:

C10H16(l) + 8Cl2(g)                     16HCl(g) + 10C(s)

 

  1. Effects of sunlight on chlorine water.

(i). Procedure:

– Chlorine water is made by dissolving the gas in water.

– A long tube filled with chlorine water is inverted over a beaker containing water.

– It is then exposed to sunlight (bright light) as shown below.

 

(ii). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii). Observations:

– After sometime a gas collects in the tube and on applying a glowing splint, the splint is rekindles showing that the gas collected is oxygen.

 

(iv). Explanation:

– Chlorine water has two components.

Equation:

Cl2(g) + H2O(l)                           HCl(aq) + HOCl(aq)

 

– The HOCl being unstable will dissolve on exposure to sunlight, giving out oxygen.

Equation:

2HOCl(aq)                       2HCl(aq) + O2(g) (slow reaction)

 

Overall reaction:

2H2O(l) + 2Cl2(g)                       4HCl(aq) + O2(g)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial manufacture of chlorine (the mercury cathode cell)

The electrolysis of brine

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Electrolyte.

– Brine, concentrated sodium chloride solution, NaCl

 

(iii). Electrodes.

Anode: carbon (graphite)

Cathode: Flowing mercury;

 

(iv). Ions present:

NaCl(aq)                       Na+(aq) + Cl(aq)

 

 

H2O(l)                  H+(aq) + OH(aq)

 

(v). Reactions:

Anode:

– Cl and OH migrate to the anode.

– Because of high concentration of Cl(aq), they are discharged in preference to OH ions.

 

Equation:

2Cl(aq)                                     Cl2(g) + 2e

(Green-yellow)

 

Cathode:

– H+(aq) and Na+(aq) migrate to the cathode.

– Because the cathode is made of mercury, Na+(aq) is discharged in preference to H+(aq) ions;

 

Equation:

2Na+(aq) + 2e                         2Na(s)

 

Note:

– Sodium formed at the cathode dissolves in the flowing mercury cathode to form sodium amalgam (Na/Hg).

– Sodium amalgam is reacted with water to form sodium hydroxide and hydrogen.

– Mercury (in the sodium amalgam) remains unreacted.

 

Equation:

2Na/Hg(l) + 2H2O(l)                              2NaOH(aq) + H2(g) + 2Hg(l)

 

– The unreacted mercury is recycled.

 

(vi). Products:

Chlorine gas at the anode.

Hydrogen and sodium hydroxide at the cathode.

 

Uses of chlorine gas and its compounds.

  1. Manufacture of hydrochloric acid.
  2. Used in form of bleaching powder in textile and paper industries.
  3. For sterilization of water for both domestic and industrial use and in swimming pools.
  4. Used in sewage treatment e.g. NaOClO3 solution used in latrines.
  5. Manufacture of plastics (polyvinyl chloride; PVC)
  6. Manufacture of germicides, pesticides and fungicides e.g. DDT and some CFCs.
  7. CFCs are used to manufacture aerosol propellants.
  8. Manufacture of solvents such as trichloromethane and some chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs).
  9. CFCs are commonly freons are used as refrigerants in fridges and air condition units due to their low boiling points.
  10. Manufacture of chloroform, an aesthetic.

 

Hydrogen chloride gas.

Laboratory preparation of hydrogen chloride gas.

(i). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Concentrated sulphuric acid is reacted with sodium chloride, and the mixture heated gently.

– Resultant gas is passed through conc. Sulphuric (VI) acid; to dry the gas.

 

(iii). Equation:

H2SO4(l) + NaCl(aq)                              NaHSO4(s) + HCl(g)

 

Ionically;

H+(aq) + Cl(aq)                          HCl(g)

Note:

– The reaction can proceed in the cold, but on large scale HCl(g) is produced by the same reaction but the heating is continued to re hot.

 

Properties of hydrogen chloride gas.

  1. Colourless gas with a strong irritating pungent smell.
  2. Slightly denser than air (1¼ times). This makes it possible to collect the gas by downward delivery.
  3. Very soluble in water; and fumes strongly in moist air forming hydrochloric acid deposits.

 

Diagram:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– The aqueous solution is known as hydrochloric acid.

– It is almost completely ionized (a strong acid) in aqueous solution.

Equation:

HCl(aq)                    H+(aq) + Cl(aq)

 

– This solution has the usual acidic properties:

Examples:

(i). turns blue litmus red.

(ii). Liberates hydrogen gas with certain metals e.g. zinc, Magnesium, iron etc.

Note:

Hydrochloric acid does not react with metals below hydrogen in the reactivity series.

Equations:

Zn(s) + 2HCl(aq)                        ZnCl2(aq) + H2(g)

Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq)                       MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)

Fe(s) + 2HCl(aq)                        FeCl2(aq) + H2(g)

 

(iii). Neutralizes bases to form salt and water.

Examples:

HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq)                          NaCl(aq) +H2O(l)

2HCl(aq) + CuO(s)                             CuCl2(aq) + H2O(l)

 

(iv). Liberates carbon (IV) oxide from carbonates and hydrogen carbonates.

Examples:

CaCO3(s) + 2HCl(aq)                    CaCl2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

ZnCO3(s) + 2HCl(aq)                    ZnCl2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

NaHCO3(s) + HCl(aq)                   NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

 

 

 

Note:

As the hydrogen chloride gas very soluble in water, the solution must be prepared using a funnel arrangement; to prevent sucking back and increase the surface area for the dissolution of the gas;

 

Diagram: dissolution of hydrogen chloride gas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Dry hydrogen chloride is NOT particularly reactive at ordinary temperatures, although very reactive metals burn in it to form the chloride and hydrogen gas.

Equation:

2Na(s) + 2HCl(aq)                      2NaCl(s) + H2(g)

 

Metals above hydrogen in the reactivity series react with hydrogen chloride gas when heated.

Note:

If reacted with some metals it forms 2 chlorides e.g. iron where iron (II) and iron (III) chlorides exist.

 

  1. Hydrogen chloride gas forms white fumes of ammonium chloride when reacted with ammonia gas;

Equation:

NH3(g) + HCl(g)                         NH4Cl(s)

 

Note: This is the chemical test for hydrogen chloride gas.

 

  1. Hydrogen chloride is decomposed by oxidizing agents, giving off chlorine.

Examples:

PbO2(s) + 4HCl(g)                      PbCl2(s) + 2H2O(l) + Cl2(g)

MnO2(s) + 4HCl(g)                    MnCl2(s) + 2H2O(l) + Cl2(g)

 

Diagram: reacting hydrogen chloride with an oxidizing agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Test for chlorides.

Test 1: Using silver ions:

Procedure:

– To the test solution, add silver ions from silver nitrate.

– Acidify with dilute nitric acid.

 

 

(ii). Observations and inference:

– Formation of a white precipitate shows presence of Cl(aq)

 

(iii). Explanations:

– Only silver carbonate and silver chloride can be formed as white precipitates.

– Silver carbonate is soluble in dilute nitric acid but silver chloride is not.

 

Equations:

– Using Cl from NaCl as the test solution;

NaCl(aq) + AgNO3(aq)               NaNO3(aq) + AgCl(s)

White ppt.

 

Ionically;

Ag+(aq) + Cl(aq)                          Ag(s)

White ppt.

 

Note:

– This precipitate dissolves in excess ammonia.

– The white precipitate of silver chloride turns violet when exposed to light.

 

Test 2: Using lead ions

(i) Procedure:

– To the test solution, add lead ions from lead (II) nitrate, then warm

 

(ii). Observations and inference:

– Formation of a white precipitate that dissolves on warming shows presence of Cl(aq)

 

(iii). Explanations:

– Only lead carbonate, lead sulphate, lead sulphite and lead chloride can be formed as white precipitates.

– Only lead chloride dissolves on warming; unlike the rest which are insoluble even on warming.

 

Equations:

Using Cl from NaCl as the test solution;

2NaCl(aq) + Pb(NO3)2(aq)                     2NaNO3(aq) + PbCl2(s)

White ppt.

Ionically;

Pb2+(aq) + Cl(aq)                       PbCl2(s)

White ppt.

 

 

 

Hydrochloric acid.

Large scale manufacture of hydrochloric acid.

(i). Diagram:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Raw materials:

Hydrogen obtained as a byproduct of petroleum industry; electrolysis of brine or from water by Bosch process;

Chlorine obtained from the electrolysis of brine or as fused calcium chloride.

 

(iii). Procedure:

– A small sample of hydrogen gas is allowed through a jet and burnt in excess chlorine gas.

Equation:

H2(g) + Cl2(g)                 2HCl(g)

 

Precaution: A mixture of equal volumes of hydrogen and chlorine explodes when put in sunlight.

 

– The hydrogen chloride gas formed is dissolved in water over glass beads.

– The glass beads increase the surface area over which absorption takes place.

– Commercial hydrochloric acid is about 35% pure.

– Hydrochloric acid is transported in steel tanks lined inside with rubber.

– If the acid comes into contact with exposed parts of metal or with rust, it forms iron (III) chloride that makes the acid appear yellow.

 

Pollution in an industry manufacturing hydrochloric acid.

(i). Chlorine is poisonous.

(ii). Mixture of hydrogen and oxygen in air is explosive when ignited.

 

Uses of hydrochloric acid.

  1. Sewage treatment.
  2. Treatment of water (chlorination) at the waterworks.
  3. Removing rust from metal e.g. descaling iron before it is galvanized or and other metals before they are electroplated.
  4. Making dyes, drugs and photographic materials like silver chloride on photographic films.

 

 

 

 

Environmental pollution by chlorine and its compounds.

  1. Chlorine may dissolve in rain and fall as acid rain, which has adverse effects on plants and animals, buildings and soil nutrients.
  2. CFCs are non-biodegradable. Over time, they diffuse into the atmosphere breaking down to free chlorine and fluorine atoms. These atoms deplete the ozone layer. Chlorine is thus one of the greenhouse gases.
  3. PVCs are non-biodegradable.
  4. DDT is a pesticide containing chlorine and has a long life span, affecting plants and animal life.

Note: DDT is banned in Kenya; NEMA advises increased use of pyrethroids in mosquito control.

 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I

Contents checklist.

 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Definition

– The chemistry of hydrogen carbon chain compounds.

– It the study of carbon compounds except the oxides of carbon i.e.  CO, CO2 and             Carbons.

 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I: THE HYDROCARBONS

 

Hydrocarbons

Are compounds of hydrogen and carbon only; and are the simplest organic compounds.

 

Main groups of hydrocarbons

Are classified on the basis of the type of bonds found within the carbon atoms.

  • Alkanes: Are hydrocarbons in which carbon atoms are linked by single covalent bonds.
  • Alkenes: Carbon atoms are held by at least one double bond.
  • Alkynes: Have at least one triple bond between any tow carbon atoms.

 

Saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons

(a). Saturated hydrocarbons

– Are hydrocarbons which the carbon atoms are bonded to the maximum number of other             atoms possible.

– hydrocarbons which don’ react and hence cannot decolourise both Bromine water and acidified potassium manganate (VII).

– They are compounds in which each carbon atom has only single covalent bonds, throughout the structure.

 

(b). Unsaturated hydrocarbons

– Are hydrocarbons which contain at least one double or bond, between any two adjacent carbon atoms.

– The carbon atoms do not have maximum covalency.

– They can decolourise both bromine water and acidified potassium manganate (VII).

 

Examples: All alkenes and Alkynes.

 

Experiment:   To verify saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons.

Procedure:
– 3 to 4 drops of bromine wate are added to about 1 cm3 of the liquid under investigation.

– The mixture is then shaken thoroughly and the observations recorded;

– For gases the gas under investigation is bubbled ito 1 cm3 of bromine water;

– The procedures are then repeated with acidified potassium manganate (VII);

 

Observations:

 

COMPOUND

OBSERVATIONS
With potassium permanganate With Bromine water
Kerosene No observable colour change No colour change
Laboratory gas No observable colour change No observable colour change
Turpentine Purple colour turns colourless Solution is decolourised
Hexane No observable  colour change No observable colour change
Pentene Potassium permanganate is decolourised Solution is decolourised

 

Conclusion

– Kerosene, laboratory gas and hexane are saturate hydrocarbons

– Turpentine and pentane are unsaturated hydrocarbons.

 

Homologous series

– Refers to a group of organic compounds that have the same general formula, whose consecutive members differ by a similar unit, and usually have similar chemical properties.

 

Characteristics of a Homologous series.

(i). Can be represented by a general formula;

(ii). Have similar chemical properties

(iii). Have similar structures and names

(iv). They show a steady gradation of physical properties

(v). Can usually be prepared by similar methods.

 

Structural and molecular formula

  • Molecular formulae

– Simply shows the number and type of elements (atoms) in the compound.

 

  • Structural formula

Shows how the different atoms in the molecules (of a compound) are bonded or joined together.

 

Example:

Methane

Molecular formula CH4;

 

Structural formula

H

H – C – H

H

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Alkanes

Are the simplest hydrocarbons with the general formula; CnH2n + 2 where n = number of carbon atoms in the molecule.

 

Examples:

– For compound with only 1 carbon atom, formula = CH4

– 2 carbon atoms; the formula = C2H6

 

Names and formulas of the first 10 Alkanes

 

Note:

Consecutive members of the alkane series differ by a CH2-unit, hence a homologous series.

 

(a). General  formula

– The Alkanes have a general formula CnH2n+2 where n is the number of carbon atoms in the molecule.

Example:       

When n = 3, (2n + 2) = 8, and the alkane has the formula C3H8 (Propane)

 

(b). Structure

– In all Alkanes the distribution of bonds around each carbon atom is tetrahedral.

 

Example: Methane

 

(c). Homologous series

– The Alkanes differ from each other by a –CH2-.

– Thus methane, CH4 differs from ethane, C2H6 by –CH2-, and ethane in turn differs from             propane C3H8 by – C 2 -.

– They therefore form a homologous series.

 

(d). Functional groups

– A functional group is a part of a compound which has a characteristic set of properties.

– Thus when a bromine atom replaces a hydrogen atom in an alkane, it imparts to the compound new chemical and physical properties.

 

Examples: six important functional groups.

 

(e). Isomerism

– Is a situation whereby two or more compounds have similar molecular formulae but different structural formula.

– Such compounds are called isomers, i.e compounds with the same molecular formula but different structural formula.

 

Examples: For Butane, (C4H10) there are two possible structures.

 

Isomers have different physical and chemical properties.

 

 

 

 

Example: Ethanol and dimethyl ether.

– Molecular formula: both have C2H6O

 

  • Structural formula:

(i). Ethanol                                                                 (ii). Dimethyl ether

 

 

 

 

 

Differences

Ethanol Dimethyl ether
– A liquid of boiling point 78.4oC

– Completely soluble in water

– Reacts with sodium  ethoxide and  liberates hydrogen gas

– A gas at room temperature (B.P – 240C).

– Slightly soluble in water.

– Does not react with sodium metal.

 

(f). Alkyl groups

– Is a group formed by the removal of a hydrogen atom form a hydrocarbon.

– Alkyl groups don’t exist on their own but are always attached to another atom or group.

 

Naming of alkyl groups

– Is done by removing the ending -ane from the parent alkane and replacing it with –yl.

 

Examples

Methane (CH4) gives rise to Methyl -CH3

Ethane (C2H6) gives rise to ethyl, – C2H5 i.e. -CH2CH3

Propane (C3H8) gives rise to Propyl, – C3H7 // -CH2CH2CH3;

 

(g). Nomenclature of Alkanes

– Generally all Alkanes end with the suffix -ane;

– Alkanes can either be straight chain or branched.

 

(i). Straight chain Alkanes

– The names of all Alkanes end with the suffix -ane;

Examples:

Methane, ethane, propane, butane.

 

– With the exception of the first 4 members of the series (i.e. the 4 listed above) the names of Alkanes begin with a Greek prefix indicating the number of carbon atoms in the main chain.

Examples: – Pentane – 5 carbon atoms

Hexane – 6 carbon atoms.

 

(ii). Branched Alkanes

The naming of branched chain Alkanes is based on the following rules:-

  1. The largest continuous chain of carbon atoms in the molecule is used to deduce the parent name of the compound.
  2. The carbon atoms of this chain are numbered such that the branching // substituents are attached to the carbon atom bearing the lowest number.
  3. The substituent // branch is named e.g. methyl, ethyl etc and the name of the compound written as one word.

 

Examples

Further examples

H   H    H                                         CH2CH2CHCH2CH3

│   │    │                                         │           │

H – C – C – C – H                                   CH3       CH2

│                                                       │

H – C – H                                                 CH3

│                                                     3-ethylhexane;

H

2-methylpropane;

 

Further examples.

  1. CH3CH2CH2CH3

CH3

3-methylpentane;

 

  1. CH3

H3C – C – CH3

CH3

2, 2-dimethylpropane;

 

Note: refer to course books and draw as many examples as possible.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Draw the structural isomers of:

  1. Butane.

 

  1. Pentane;

 

  1. Hexane;

 

(f). Occurrence of Alkanes

– There are 3 known natural sources:

(i). Natural gas: this consists of mainly of methane;

 

(ii). Crude oil:

– Consists of a mixture of many Alkanes

– It can be separated into its components by fractional distillation.

Reason:

– The different components have different boiling points.

 

(iii). Biogas: This contains about 60-75% of methane gas/marshy gas.

 

Separation of the components of crude oil.

(i). Apparatus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure

– The apparatus is arranged as shown above.

– The first distillate appears at about 120oC and is collected, the of 40oC intervals thereafter until the temperatures reach 350oC.

 

(iii). Observations and explanations

– This method of separation is called fractional distillation, and depends on the fact that the various components of the mixture have different boiling points.

– The various fractions vary in properties as explained below.

 

(a). Appearance

– Intensity of the colour increases with increase in boiling point.

– Boiling point increases with increasing number of carbon atoms.

Reason:         

– The higher the number of carbon atoms, the higher the number of covalent bonds.

– Thus the first fraction to be distilled (lab gas) is colourless while the last           distillates (between) is dark black in colour.

 

(b). Viscosity

Increases with increasing boiling point;

– The fractions with low boiling points are less viscous while the fraction with the highest boiling point is semi-solid;

 

(c). Inflammability:

– Decreases with increasing boiling points.

– The gaseous fractions, with least boiling points readily catches fire // burn, while the semi-solid fractions with very high boiling points are almost non-combustible.

 

Note:  Some Hydrocarbons are found in more than one fraction of crude oil and more advanced chemical methods are necessary for complete separation.

 

Uses of the various fractions of crude oil.

No. f carbon atom per molecule Fractions Uses
1-4 Gases Laboratory gases and gas cookers
5-12 Petrol Fuel in petrol engines
9-16 Kerosene (paraffin) Fuel for jet engines (aeroplanes) and domestic uses
15-18 Light diesel oils Fuel for heavy diesel engines e.g. for ships
18-25 Diesel oils Fuel for diesel engines
20-70 Lubricating oils Used for smooth running of engine parts
>70 Bitumen Road tarmacking

 

Changes // gradation of physical properties across the alkane homologous series

 

Name of alkane Formula State of room temperature (208K) M.P (K) B.P (K) Density

(g cm-3)

Solubility Solubility
Methane

Ethane

Propane

Butane

Pentane

Hexane

Heptane

Octane;

Nonane

Decane

CH4

C2H6

C3H8

C4H10

C5H12

C6H14

C7H16

C8H10

C9H20

C10H22

 

Gaseous

 

Liquid

 

 

90

91

85

138

143

178

 

 

 

243

112

184

231

273

309

342

447

0.424

0.546

0.582

0.579

0.626

0.659

0.730

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preparation and chemical properties of Alkanes

Note:

– Alkanes, like any other Homologous series have similar chemical properties.

– Generally any alkane can be represented form the reaction represented by the following equation:

CnH2n + 1COONa + NaOH(aq) → CnH2n +2 + Na2CO3(aq);

 

Thus;

– Methane can be prepared form sodium ethanoate (CH3COONa)

– Ethane can be prepared form sodium propanoate (CH3CH2COONa)

– Propane can be prepared form sodium Butanoate (CH3CH2CH2COONa)

Laboratory Preparation of methane

(i). Apparatus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure

– About 5g of odium ethanoate and an equal mass of soda lime is put in a hard glass test tube, upon mixing them thoroughly in a mortar.

– The mixture is heated thoroughly in the test-tube.

 

(iii). Observation

– A colourless gas collects over water

Reasons:

– Methane does not react with and is insoluble in water.

 

Equation

CH3COONa + NaOH(s) → CH4(g) + Na2CO3(aq)

Sodium ethanoate         sodalime            Methane       Sodium carbonate

 

Physical properties of methane

  1. It is a non-poisonous, colourless gas.
  2. It is slightly soluble in water, but quite soluble in organic solvents such as ethanol and ether.
  3. II is less denser than air and when cooled under pressure, it liquefies.

 

Chemical properties

  1. Burning

– It is flammable and burns in excess air // oxygen with a pale blue non-luminous flame to give carbon (IV) oxide ad water vapour.

Equation:

CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)

 

Note:  In a limited supply of air, the flame is luminous.

Reason:

– This is due to incomplete combustion of the methane.

– A mixture of methane and air explodes violently when ignited if the volume ratio is approximately 1:10 and this is often the cause of fatal explosions in coal mines.

 

  1. Reaction with Bromine water and acidified potassium permanganate

– When methane is bubbled through bromine water the red brown colour of bromine persists; and when bubbled through acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution; the purple colour of the solution remains;

– Thus it has no effect on either bromine water or acidified potassium permanganate.

Reason: It is a saturated hydrocarbon.

 

  1. Substitution reactions

– A substitution reaction is one in which one atom replaces another atom in a molecule.

 

Example: The substitution of Bromine in methane.

Procedure:

– A sample of Methane (CH4) is placed in a boiling tube and to it is added some bromine gas.

– The tube is stoppered, and the mixture shaken, then allowed to stand and exposed to ultra-violet lamp.

 

Observations

– The red colour of Bromine begins to fade, and the pungent smell of hydrogen bromide (HBr) gas is detectable when the stopper is removed.

– A moist blue litmus paper also turns red on dipping into the resultant mixture.

Equation                                                                                                                                                                CH4(g) + Br2(g) → CH3Br(g) + HBr(g)

Explanation                                                                                                                                                                      – For a chemical reaction to occur, bonds must be broken.                                                                                       – The light energy (V.V. light) splits the Bromine molecule into free atoms, which are very reactive species.                                                                                                                                                                               – Similarly the energy breaks the weaker carbon – hydrogen bonds, and not the stronger carbon – carbon bonds.                                                                                                                                                                                  – The free bromine atoms can then substitute (replace one of the hydrogen atoms of methane, resulting unto bromomethane and hydrogen bromide gas.

Note:  This process can be repeated until all hydrogen atoms in CH4 are replaced.

Write all the equations to show the stepwise substitution of all hydrogen atoms in methane.

– The substitution reactions can also occur with chlorine, forming chloremethane dichloromethane, trichloromethane (chloroform) and tetrachloromethane (carbon tetrachloride) respectively.

Equations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uses of methane                                                                                                                                                    – It is used as a fuel                                                                                                                                                     – Used in the manufacture of carbon black which is used in printers ink and paints.                                                         – Used in the manufacture of methanol, methanal, chloromethane and ammonia.

Cracking of Alkanes                                                                                                                                                 – Is the breaking of large alkane molecules into smaller Alkanes, alkenes and often hydrogen.                                  It occurs under elevated temperatures of about 400-700oC

Equation

Example: Cracking of propane

 

  1. Alkenes

– Are hydrocarbons with at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and have the general formula CnH2n.

– They thus form a homologous series – with the simplest member behind ethane.

 

Names and formulae of the first six alkenes.

 

Name of alkene Formula
Ethene

Propane

Pbut-l-ene

Pent-lene

Hex-tene

 

 

 

NOMENCLATURE OF ALKENES

 

Rules

  1. The parent molecule is the longest carbon chain; and its prefix is followed by the suffix –ene.
  2. The carbon atoms in the chain are numbered such that the carbon atoms joined by the double bonds get the lowest possible numbers.
  3. The position of the substituent groups is indicated by showing the position of the carbon atom to which they are attached.
  4. In case of 2 double bonds in an alkene  molecule, the carbon atom to which each double bond is attached must be identified.

 

Examples

 

Questions:      For each of the following alkenes, draw the structural formula

 

  1. Hex- l – ene
  2. Prop-l-ene
  • Hex-2-ene

 

  1. Give the IUPAC names for:

 

Note:  Branched alkenes:

 

Event for branched alkenes, the numbering of the longest carbon chain is done such that the carbon atoms joined by the double bonds gets the smallest numbers possible.

 

 

 

 

Isomerism in alkenes

  • Alkenes show two types of isomerism:-
  1. Branching isomerism
  2. Positional isomerism

 

  1. i) Branching isomerism

Occurs when a substitutent groups is attached to one of the carbon atoms in the largest             chain containing the double bond.

 

Positional isomerism; in alkenes

 

Is a situation whereby two or more unsaturated alkenes have same molecular formular but different structural formula; due to alteration of the position of the double bond.

 

 

 

Question:       Draw all the possible  isomers of Hexene , resulting from positional and                           branching isomerism.

 

Gradation of physical properties of Alkenes

 

Name of alkene Formula (MP0C) B.P (0) Density g/cm3 solubility
Ethene

Propene

But-l-ene

Pent-l-ene

Hex-l-ene

  -169

-189

-185

-138

-98

-104

–47.7

-6.2

-3.0

-98

0.640

0.674

 

 

Note:   the double bond is the reactive site in alkenes

 

Preparation and chemical properties of Ethene

 

  1. i) Apparatus

 

 

  1. Procedure

A mixture of ethanol and concentrated sulfuric acid in the ratio 1:2 respectively  are heated in a flask to a temp. of 1600C – 1800C.

 

  • Observation

A colourless gas results; and is collected over water.

 

Reasons:         Its insoluble, unreactive and lighter than water.

 

  1. Equation

 

  1. Explanation

 

At 1600C – 1800C the conc. H2SO4 dehydrates the ethanol, removing a water molecule form it and the remaining C and H atoms  rearrange and combine to form Ethene which is collected as  colourless gas.

 

Note:  At temperature  below 1400C, a different  compound called ether is predominantly              formed.

 

Ethene  can also be prepared by passing hot aluminum  oxide over ethanol.  The later of which acts as a catalyst i.e.

 

Reactions of ethene/chemical properties

 

  1. Burning/combustion

Just like an alkenes and alkanes, ethene  burn in air, producing carbon dioxide and large quantities of heat.

 

Equation:

 

Caution:         Mixtures of air and ethene  can be explosive and must be handled                         very carefully.

 

  1. Additional reactions:

Is a reaction in which are molecule adds to another to form  a single product occur              in alkenes due to presence of a double bond.

 

  1. With oxidizing agents
  2. i) Reaction with acidified potassium permanganate.

Procedure:      Ethene is bubbled into a test tube containing acidified potassium                                       permanganate.

Observation:   The purple   colour  of the solution disappears.

Explanation:  Ethene reduces the potassium permanganate.

The  permanganate ion is reduced to Manganese (II) ion and water.

 

Equation

 

Note:   The net effect of the above reaction is the addition of two –OH groups to                                     the double bond forming ethan-1, 2-dio(ethylene glycol).

In cold countries ethylene glycol is used as an antifreeze in car radiators.

 

  1. Reaction with acidified potassium chromate (VI) (K2Cr2O7)

 

  1. Halogenations is the addition of halogen atoms across a double bond.
  2. i) Reaction with Bromine Br2(g)

 

Procedure:     Ethene is mixed with Bromine liquid/gas

Observation:  The reddish  brown bromine gas is decoloursed/becomes  colourless.

Explanation:   Bromine is decoloursed due to the addition of Bromine  atoms to the twocarbon atoms f the double bond forming 1.2 dibromethane.

 

  1. ii) Reaction with chlorine

The Chlorine  (greenish yellow) also gets decoloursied due the addition of its             atoms on the double bond.

 

 

Note: Alkenes react with and decolourise halogens and potassium permanganate  by             additional  reaction at room temperature and pressure.

 

The reaction site is the double bond  and hence/all alkenes will react in a similar             manner.

Example; Butene and Bromine

 

 

iii)       Reaction with Bromine water

Bromine  is dissolved in water and reacted with ethene.

 

Equation:

 

Further examples of additional reactions

 

  1. Addition of hydrogen halides

 

  1. With hydrobromic acid; HBr (aq)

 

With  sulphuric acid

 

  1. Addition of Ethene  with sulphuric acid

 

Note:  When ethylhydrogen sulphate is hydrolysed, ethanol is formed.

 

In this reaction, water is added to ehylhydrogen sulphate and the mixture warmed.

 

  1. Ethene with Hydrogen i.e. Hydrogenation.

 

Is commonly termed hydrogenation though just a typical addition reaction.

 

Ethene  is reacted with hydrogen, under special conditions.

 

Conditions;     moderate temperature and pressure.

Nickel catalyst/palladure catalyst.

 

Equation:

 

Application:    it is used industrially in the conversion f various oils into fats e.g. in the preparation of Margarine.

 

  1. Polymerization reactions.

Also called self-addition reactions

Alkanes have the ability to link together (polymerise) to though the double bond to give a molecule of larger molecular mass (polymers)

 

Polymers:       Are  very large molecules formed when 2 or more (smaller) molecules link                         together  to form a larger unit.

Polymers have properties different form those of the original constituent manners.

 

Examples:      Polymerisation of ethene

 

  1. i) Conditions
  • High temperatures of about 2000C
  • High/elevated pressures of approximately 1000 atmospheres
  • A trace of oxygen catalyst.

 

  1. ii) Procedure: Ethene is heated at 2000C and 1000 atm. Pressure over  a catalyst.

 

iii)        Observation:  Sticky white substance  which hardens  on cooling  is formed.                                            This solid is called  polythene, commonly reffered to as polythene.

 

  1. Equation:

 

 

Generally

 

Uses of polythene

 

  1. Used for the manufacture of many domestic articles (bowls, buckets, water cans, and cold water pipes) e.t.c.

 

Note:  Polythene pipes have a great advantage over metal pipes as they can be             welded quickly and do not burst in frosty weather.

 

  1. Manufacture of reagent bottles, droppers, stoppers etc. since polythene is unaffected by alkalis and acids.

 

Test for Alkenes

 

–           They decolourise bromine water, acidified potassium manganate VII.

i.e. These addition reactions show the presence of a double bond.

 

Uses of Alkenes

 

  1. Manufacture of plastics, through polymerization.
  2. Manufacture of ethanol; through hydrolysis reactions
  3. Ripening of fruits.
  4. Manufacture of ethan – 1, 2-diol(glyco) which is used as a coolant.

 

           

  1. ALYKYNES

 

Are unsaturated hydrocarbons which form a homologous series of a general formula CnH2n-2, where n = 2 or more.

 

The functional groups of the alkyne series is the carbon – carbon tripple bond.

 

They also undergo addition reactions because of High unsaturation and may be polymerised like the alkenes.

 

Examples

 

Name Molecular formula Structural formular
Ethyne

Propyne

But-l-yne

Pent-l-yne

C2H2

C3H4

C4H6

C5H8

CH     CH

CH3C     CH

CH3CH2C       CH

CH3(CH2)2C     CH

 

Nomenclature of alkynes

 

  • The largest chain with the tripple carbon – carbon bond forms  the parent molecule.
  • Numbering of the carbon atoms is done such that the carbon atom with the tripple bond acquires the lowest possible number.
  • The substituent branch if any is named, and the compound written as a single word.

Examples

 

 

  1. Draw the structures of the following hydrocarbons
  2. 2,2 dimethyl-but-2-yne
  3. propyne
  • 4,4 diethyl-hex-2-yne.

 

Isomerism in alkynes

 

  1. Positional isomerism

Isomerism commonly occurs in alkynes due to the fact that the  position of the tripple bond can be altered.

 

Such isomers, as usual have same molecular but different structural  formulas.

 

Examples

  1. i) Isomers of Butyne

 

 

  1. Branching isomerism – occurs when alkyl group is present in the molecule.

 

  1. Others

 

Gradation in physical properties of Alkynes

 

Name of Alkyne Formula M.P/0C B.P/0C Density/gcm-3
Ethyne

Propyne

Butyne

Pent-l-yne

Hex-l-yne

HC    CH

CH3    CH

CH3CH2CC    CH

CH3CH2CH2C   CH

CH3(CH2)3C  CH

-8108

-103

-122

-90

-132

-83.6

-23.2

8.1

39.3

71

0.695

0.716

 

 

Preparation and chemical properties of Ethyne.

 

  1. Preparation
  2. i) Apparatus

 

 

 

  1. ii) Procedure:

Water is dripped over calcium carbide and is collected over water.

Reasons for over-water collection:-

  • It’s insoluble in water
  • Unreactive and lighter than water.

 

  • Conditions
  • Room temperature

 

  1. Equation

 

 

  1. Properties of Ethyne
  2. i) Physical
  • Colourless gas, with a sweet smell when pure.
  • Insoluble in water and can thus be collected over water.
  • Solubility is higher in non- solvents    *  Draw table on physical properties.
  1. Chemical properties
  • Combustion

Ethyne burns with a luminous and very sooty  flame; due to the high percentage of carbon content, some of which remains unburnt.

  • In excess air, the products are carbon dioxide and water.

 

Equation

 

In limited air, they undergoes incomplete combustion, forming a mixture of carbon and carbon dioxide.

 

Note:  A sooty flame observed when a hydrocarbon burns in air is an indication of             unsaturation in the hydrocarbon.

 

Addition reactions

During  addition reactions of alkynes (Ethyne) the tripple bond breaks in stages;

 

  1. Reaction with hydrogen (Hydrogenation)

 

 

Note:  This reaction occurs under special conditions i.e. –  Presence of a Nickel catalyst

Temperatures about 2000C

 

  1. Reaction with halogens
  2. i) Reaction with chlorine

 

 

  1. With Bromine gas
  • The red-brown bromine vapour is decoloursed.

 

Equations

 

Note:   In this reaction Cl2 should be diluted with an inert.

 

Reason:           Pure Cl2 reacts explosively with Ethyne, forming carbon and HCl.

 

  1. Reaction with Bromine liquid

When  Ethyne reacts with Bromine water, the reddish – brown  colour of bromine water disappears.

 

Reason:          The Bromine adds to the carbon  tripple bond leading to the      …… of                              1;1,2,2 tetrabromoethane.

 

Equation

 

E; Ethyne  also decolorizes acidified potassium permanganate.

 

Note:  Decolourization of acidified potassium  permanganate  and bromine water are             tests for unsaturated hydrocarbons (alkanes and alkynes)

  1. Reaction with hydrogen halides

Uses of Ethyne

  1. Industrial manufacture of compounds like adhesives and plastics
  2. It’s used in the oxy-acetylene flame which is used for welding and cutting metals.

Laikipia East TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply

Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College (TVC) is located in Laikipia County, specifically at Marina trading center in Ngobi wardIt was established by the Kenyan government and opened its doors to its first batch of students in September 2018. 
The college was built at an approximate cost of Shs. 50 million and is expected to eventually accommodate up to 2000 students. It specializes in electrical engineering and computers and offers both Diploma and Certificate courses. It is one of three technical training institutes initiated by the Laikipia County government

The institution is registered with the Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) Authority and is listed on the KUCCPS website. It is a government TVET institution under the Ministry of Education, State Department for Technical, Vocational Education and Training.

Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College Contacts

To contact Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College (Laikipia East TVC), you can use the following methods: Phone: +254 721 356 821 or +254 713 380 692, Email: info@laikipiaeasttvc.ac.ke or laikipiaetvc@gmail.com, or Mail: P.O. Box 14-10129 Mugunda according to the college’s website. The college is located along the Nyeri-Nyahururu Highway at Marina Trading Center. 

  • Phone: +254 721 356 821 Mobile: +254 713 380 692
  • Email: info@laikipiaeasttvc.ac

Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College, TVC, Approved Certificate Programs

  1. Craft In Building Technology
  2. Certificate In Catering And Accommodation Management
  3. Certificate In Computerized Secretarial Studies
  4. Craft In Cooperative Management
  5. Certificate In Electrical And Electronic Engineering
  6. Artisan In Electrical Installation
  7. Craft In Fashion Design And Clothing
  8. Certificate In Food And Beverage Management
  9. Craft Certificate In Human Resource Management
  10. Certificate In Information Communication Technology
  11. Certificate In Building Technology
  12. Certificate In Plumbing
  13. Craft In Secretarial Studies
  14. Certificate In Social Work And Community Development
  15. Certificate In Supply Chain Management
  16. Certificate In Tourism Management

Laikipia East TVC Approved Diploma Programs

  1. Diploma In Social Work & Community Development
  2. Diploma In Food And Beverage Management
  3. Diploma In Supply Chain Management
  4. Diploma In Business Management
  5. Diploma In Information Communication Technology (Ict)
  6. Diploma In Human Resource Management
  7. Diploma Building Technology
  8. Diploma In Fashion Design & Clothing Technology
  9. Diploma In Accountancy
  10. Diploma In Catering & Accommodation Management
  11. Diploma In Building Technology
  12. Diploma In Tourism Management
  13. Diploma In Cooperative Management
  14. Diploma In Secretarial Studies
  15. Diploma In Electrical & Electronic Engineering (Power)
  16. Diploma In Information Communication Technology
  17. Diploma In Computerized Secretarial Studies

Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College Kuccps Approved Courses

The College offers the following Courses that are approved by the Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS):

  1. Diploma In Social Work & Community Development
  2. Diploma In Fashion Design & Clothing Technology
  3. Diploma In Accountancy
  4. Building Technician – Level 6 (Cbet)
  5. Diploma In Building Technology
  6. Electrical Engineering (Power Option) Level 6
  7. Diploma In Business Management
  8. Diploma In Tourism Management
  9. Diploma In Information Communication Technology (Ict)
  10. Fashion Design Level 6
  11. Craft In Building Technology
  12. Certificate In Business Management
  13. Ict Technician Level 5 (Cdacc)
  14. Level 5 In Electrical Engineering
  15. Certificate In Electrical And Electronic Engineering
  16. Accountancy Level 6
  17. Diploma In Information Communication Technology
  18. Diploma Building Technology
  19. Certificate In Information Communication Technology
  20. Diploma In Electrical & Electronic Engineering (Power)
  21. Certificate In Building Technology
  22. Supply Chain Management Level 5
  23. Social Work Level 5
  24. Tourism And Travel Management Level 5
  25. Certificate In Tourism Management
  26. Artisan In Electrical Installation
  27. Artisan In Hair Dressing And Beauty Therapy
  28. Artisan In Building Technology
  29. Food Production Culinary Arts Level 6
  30. Office Administration Level 5
  31. Plumbing Level 4
  32. Fashion Design Technology Level 5
  33. Fashion Design Level 4
  34. Hair Dressing Level 5
  35. Hair Dressing Level 4
  36. Plumbing Level 5
  37. Welding Level 4
  38. Supply Chain Management Level 6
  39. Beauty Therapy Level 5
  40. Tourism And Travel Management Level 6
  41. Food Production Culinary Arts Level 5
  42. Food Production Culinary Arts Level 4
  43. Human Resource Level 6
  44. Diploma Civil Engineering
  45. Ict Level 6
  46. Office Administation Level 6
  47. Food And Beverage, Sales And Service Management Level 6
  48. Food And Beverage Sales Service Level 5
  49. Building Technician – Level 5

Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College (TVC) Fees Structure

At Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College (TVC), the total annual fees for regular courses is Ksh 67,189However, the government provides a scholarship of Ksh 21,500 and HELB (Higher Education Loans Board) can potentially cover Ksh 32,250, meaning the parent/guardian is responsible for the remaining Ksh 13,438. 
Here’s a breakdown: 
  • Total Annual Fees: Ksh 67,189
  • Government Scholarship: Ksh 21,500
  • HELB Loan: Ksh 32,250 (if applicable)
  • Parent/Guardian Fees: Ksh 13,438

Laikipia East TVC Courses Duration.

TVC (Technical and Vocational College) courses vary in duration, depending on the specific course. Generally, Craft Certificates take 1-2 years, while Diplomas can range from 2-3 yearsSome short courses, like welding or baking, may be completed in a few weeks or months.

Examples of course durations:
  • Craft Certificate:
    • Building Technology: 1 year 6 months (Module I & II)
    • Carpentry & Joinery: 2 years
    • Plumbing: 3 months
    • Welding & Fabrication: 8 weeks
  • Diploma:
    • Building Construction Technology: 3 years
    • Human Resource Management: 3 years
    • General Agriculture: 3 years
    • Automotive Engineering: 3 years
  • Short Courses:
    • Welding/Fabrication: 12 weeks
    • MIG Welding: 8 weeks
    • TIG Welding: 8 weeks
    • Cake Baking and Decoration: 2 months

Factors affecting course duration:

  • Level of the course:Certificates are typically shorter than Diplomas.
  • Specific trade or field:Different trades may have varying durations.
  • College or institution:Some institutions may have slightly different program structures.
  • Intake schedule:Some courses have specific intake periods (e.g., January, May, September).

Check the specific Course fees details here:

Laikipia East TVC online application

Applications and placement to the TVC are done through the Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS) Portal. To apply for placement through KUCCPS, you need to access the student’s portal on the KUCCPS website and log in using your KCSE index number, year of examination, and passwordOnce logged in, you can explore available programs and institutions, and then submit your preferred choices. Start your application by clicking on this Kuccps Student Portal Link.
You can also apply directly to the institution for admission.
 
The Minimum requirements are: C- for diplomas, D+ for craft certificates and E for artisan courses. But, different Courses may have more specific requirements.

Laikipia East Technical and Vocational College Admission Letter.

You can get the admission letter to the TTI by visiting the Kuccps Student Portal, Instituion’s Website and by paying a physical visit to the Tertiary institution. But, the best, quickest and most convenient application method is via the Kuccps portal.

All Technical Training Institute Diploma, Certificate and Artisan Courses Fees 

Download the free pdf documents below that have complete details of all TTI Courses and their Fees per year:

TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL COLLEGE FEES STRUCTURE

The annual tuition fee for TVET courses at many Kenyan Technical and Vocational Colleges (TVCs) is Ksh 67,189This includes a government capitation of Ksh 30,000 per trainee, leaving a balance of Ksh 26,420 to be paid by the student, which can be paid in installments. Additionally, students may be eligible for a HELB loan of Ksh 40,000. Other potential costs include KUCCPS registration fees, industrial attachment fees, and examination fees. 

TVC Fees Structure Per Year.
TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL COLLEGE FEES STRUCTURE

GOVERNMENT SCHOLARSHIP AND LOAN FOR TVC STUDENTS.

Following your placement, you are eligible for a Government scholarship, Loan and Bursary to assist with your educational expenses. If you need Government financial support, you MUST make an application for consideration through the official website www.hef.co.ke. In the case Government scholarship, Loan and bursary do not cover the entire cost of your program, the deficit will be met by your parent/guardian.

REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICATION FOR TVC FUNDING

1. A valid email address
2. Valid telephone number (must be registered in your name to apply for a loan)
3. KCPE and KCSE index numbers and year of examination
4. Passport size photo
5. Copy of your National ID (for loan application)
6. College/University admission letter
7. Your parents’ registered telephone number
8. Your parents’ national ID number
9. Death certificate if any of your parents is deceased.
10. Your birth certificate.
11. Two guarantors’ (Can be your parents) ID numbers and registered telephone

DETAILS ON ALL TTI/ TVC INSTITUTIONS.

Ziwa Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Wote Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Tseikuru Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Thika Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Sotik Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Sot Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


VTC Sikri Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Siala Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Shamberere Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Riragia Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Rift Valley Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


PC Kinyanjui Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Ol’lessos Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Nkabune Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Njoro Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Ngeria Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Narok West Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Nairobi Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Musakasa Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Murang’a Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mukurweini Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mukiria Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mitunguu Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Merti Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Matili Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mathenge Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Godoma TTI TTI KUCCPS Courses, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Career Opportunities


Mathenge TTI Admissions: Download Kuccps Admission Letters


Karen TTI Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Job Opportunities


Emining TTI KUCCPS Courses, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Career Opportunities


Gitwebe TTI KUCCPS Courses, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Career Opportunities


kARUMO TTI Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees, Duration & Job Opportunities


Kaelo TTI Kuccps Courses, Fees, Duration, Requirements, Application Form & Job Opportunities


Bumbe TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Chepalungu TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Bushiangala TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Gitwebe TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Godoma TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Bureti TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Katine TTI Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees, Duration & Job Opportunities


Endebess TTI College Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Emurua Dikirr TTI College Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Ekerubo Gietai TTI College Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Kuccps Final Course List for Ahmed Shahame Mwidani TTI; Course Codes, Fees, Requirements, Cluster Cut Off Points


Masai Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mandera Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Koshin Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Konoin Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kitelakapel Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kiirua Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kigumo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Keroka Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Karumo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Karen Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kapchepkor Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kaelo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Godoma Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Gitwebe Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Endebess Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Emurua Dikirr Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Emining Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Chepalungu Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bushiangala Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bureti Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bumbe Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bondo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Aldai Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Ahmed Shahame Mwidani Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


KMTC CAMPUSES.

Kitale KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kisumu KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kisii KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


KMTC list of all Campuses: Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kilifi KMTC Campus Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Karuri KMTC Campus Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Karen KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kaptumo KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kapenguria KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kapkatet KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kangundo KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kakamega KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kabarnet KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Iten KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Isiolo KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Imenti KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Homabay KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Gatundu KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, and Contact Details


Garissa KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Embu KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Eldoret KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Chwele KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Chuka KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Chemolingot KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Busia KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Bungoma KMTC Admissions, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Bondo KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Bomet KMTC Admissions, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


KMTC Nyeri Campus: Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts and Programs plus Requirements


KMTC Kapenguria Campus: Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts and Programs plus Requirements

 

TSC Wealth Declaration Portal, Online Form, Guides

TSC Wealth Declaration Portal, Online Form, Guides

Step by step guide on how to fill TSC Wealth Declaration Form Online

Official Step by step guide on how to fill TSC Wealth Declaration Form Online 1 Open the TSC portal at TSC Wealth Declaration Portal. 2. Select…

 TSC Wealth Declaration Online Portal (Step by Step Guide)

Ready to fill your wealth declaration form? Here is a free step-by-step guide for you.   TSC Wealth Declaration Portal, Form. The wealth declaration exercise is…

TSC Wealth Declaration Portal, Form

The wealth declaration exercise is ongoing and will come to an end on 31st December . Avoid the last minute rush by filling up…

TSC Wealth Declaration Portal Login

TSC Wealth Declaration Portal Login TSC Wealth Declaration Portal Click here to declare your Income, Assets and Liabilities (Teachers)

TSC Declaration of Income, Assets & Liabilities (Wealth Declaration Online Form)

TSC Declaration of Income, Assets & Liabilities (Wealth Declaration Online Form, Portal) TSC WEALTH DECLARATION PORTAL ONLINE LOGIN Here are the required details: 1. Name of the…

Wealth Declaration for Teachers, Civil Servants; Complete Guidelines

 SUBMISSION OF EVERY-TWO YEAR DECLARATION OF INCOME, ASSETS AND LIABILITIES,  TSC Wealth Declaration Form, Online Portal (STEP BY STEP GUIDE) (THE PUBLIC OFFICER ETHICS ACT,…

Kuccps Final Course List for Maseno University; Course Codes, Fees, Requirements, Cluster Cut Off Points

Kuccps Final Course List for Maseno University; Course Codes, Fees, Requirements, Cluster Cut Off Points

MASENO UNIVERSITY

PROGRAMMES ON OFFER FOR 2023/2024 CYCLE

# PROGRAMME CODE PROGRAMME NAME INSTITUTION TYPE YEAR 1 – PROGRAMME COST 2023/2024 CUTOFF 2020 CUTOFF
1 1229101 BACHELOR OF ARTS (WITH IT) KSH 122,400 22.926 26.996
2 1229107 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ACTUARIAL SCIENCE, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 31.886 30.848
3 1229108 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 16.787 25.681
4 1229109 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 27.259 28.604
5 1229112 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOCHEMISTRY, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 28.679 28.674
6 1229114 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 16.787 25.029
7 1229115 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPUTER SCIENCE) KSH 306,000 36.045 36.506
8 1229120 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BASIC SCIENCE, WITH IT) KSH 224,400 17.459 16.791
9 1229129 BACHELOR OF PHARMACY, WITH IT KSH 428,400 42.847 41.636
10 1229131 BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY (WITH IT) KSH 612,000 44.143 44.083
11 1229132 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (NURSING, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 41.590 41.175
12 1229134 BACHELOR OF LAWS (LL.B.), WITH IT KSH 183,600
13 1229135 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (ARTS, WITH IT) KSH 183,600 30.514 31.178
14 1229136 BACHELOR OF ARTS (CRIMINOLOGY, WITH IT) KSH 153,000 28.711 30.756
15 1229137 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SCIENCE, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 34.932 36.089
16 1229151 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT, WITH IT KSH 183,600 22.544 22.361
17 1229153 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ( WITH IT) KSH 183,600 22.544 22.361
18 1229155 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SPECIAL NEEDS EDUCATION, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 29.942 32.617
19 1229158 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT) KSH 306,000 29.316 30.112
20 1229161 BACHELOR OF ARTS (MUSIC, WITH IT) KSH 204,000 23.070 23.640
21 1229162 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (MUSIC, WITH IT) KSH 183,600 22.636 24.285
22 1229164 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (APPLIED STATISTICS, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 20.100 28.264
23 1229166 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (FRENCH, WITH IT) KSH 183,600 22.636 28.783
24 1229170 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (PHYSICS, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 17.459 22.415
25 1229179 BACHELOR OF ARTS (DRAMA AND THEATRE STUDIES, WITH IT) KSH 204,000 22.926 27.182
26 1229180 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION, WITH IT) KSH 183,600 22.636 24.504
27 1229185 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (HORTICULTURE, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 17.459 16.791
28 1229187 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 17.459 16.791
29 1229189 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, WITH IT KSH 183,600 27.071 24.176
30 1229190 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (NUTRITION AND DIETETICS, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 17.459 25.284
31 1229194 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 38.946 38.520
32 1229198 BACHELOR OF APPLIED ECONOMICS, WITH IT KSH 183,600 20.100 23.783
33 1229199 BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS AND STATISTICS, WITH IT KSH 183,600 24.969 30.666
34 1229208 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPUTER SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY) KSH 306,000 19.223 24.866
35 1229213 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 17.459 16.791
36 1229216 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ( AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 17.459 16.791
37 1229217 BACHELOR OF ARTS (TEXTILE, FASHION DESIGN AND MERCHANDISING, WITH IT) KSH 204,000 17.459 21.601
38 1229232 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY) KSH 306,000 29.849 31.732
39 1229238 BACHELOR OF PSYCHOLOGY ( WITH IT) KSH 153,000 25.767 26.732
40 1229245 BACHELOR OF PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT KSH 183,600 22.544 24.880
41 1229293 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ANIMAL SCIENCE, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 17.459 16.791
42 1229295 BACHELOR OF ARTS (INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY ,WITH IT) KSH 153,000 26.452 29.376
43 1229299 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ENTREPRENEURSHIP , WITH IT KSH 183,600 22.544 22.361
44 1229303 BACHELOR OF ARTS (DEVELOPMENT STUDIES, WITH IT) KSH 153,000 22.926 24.466
45 1229309 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE) KSH 244,800 19.223 27.983
46 1229317 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DESIGN (INTERIOR DESIGN, WITH IT) KSH 204,000 23.168 27.424
47 1229324 BACHELOR OF ARTS (KISWAHILI, WITH IT) KSH 153,000 22.926 30.343
48 1229362 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (HOME SCIENCE , WITH IT) KSH 244,800 28.759 29.035
49 1229385 BACHELOR OF ARTS (COMMUNICATION & MEDIA TECHNOLOGY, WITH IT) KSH 204,000 29.350 30.026
50 1229417 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (AGRICULTURE EDUCATION AND EXTENSION, WITH IT) KSH 306,000 29.557 28.831
51 1229443 BACHELOR OF ARTS (RELIGION, WITH IT) KSH 122,400 19.956 27.108
52 1229509 BACHELOR OF ARTS (FINE ART, WITH IT) KSH 204,000 22.926 22.210
53 1229515 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (FISHERIES AND NATURAL RESOURCES, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 17.459 16.791
54 1229523 BACHELOR OF ARTS (HISTORY AND ARCHAEOLOGY, WITH IT) KSH 122,400 22.627 27.435
55 1229524 BACHELOR OF ARTS (LITERATURE, WITH IT) KSH 122,400 22.926 27.685
56 1229540 BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS AND FINANCE, WITH IT KSH 183,600 23.849 25.956
57 1229543 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (HEALTH RECORDS AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 25.782 28.195
58 1229544 BACHELOR OF ARTS (DISASTER MANAGEMENT, WITH IT) KSH 153,000 22.926 26.746
59 1229551 BACHELOR OF ARTS ( POLITICAL SCIENCE, WITH IT) KSH 122,400 22.926 25.456
60 1229588 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS & ECONOMICS, WITH IT KSH 244,800 20.100 25.022
61 1229590 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (CLIMATE CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT, WITH IT) KSH 244,800
62 1229591 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 26.516 27.737
63 1229593 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (AGRONOMY, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 17.459 16.791
64 1229606 BACHELOR OF ARTS (SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY, WITH IT) KSH 153,000 22.926 24.841
65 1229609 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS & BUSINESS STUDIES, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 20.100 20.048
66 1229612 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION SYSTEMS) KSH 306,000 22.544 22.361
67 1229621 BACHELOR OF ARTS (LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION, WITH IT) KSH 153,000 22.926 25.843
68 1229646 BACHELOR OF ARTS (ECONOMICS, WITH IT) KSH 183,600 20.100 20.048
69 1229654 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ACCOUNTING & FINANCE, WITH IT) KSH 183,600 28.099 30.596
70 1229684 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT KSH 204,000 26.028 22.361
71 1229692 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GEOGRAPHY AND NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, WITH IT) KSH 224,400 26.022 16.791
72 1229732 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (PUBLIC HEALTH, WITH IT) KSH 275,400 32.999 33.142
73 1229765 BACHELOR OF ARTS (URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING, WITH IT) KSH 306,000 19.039 28.708
74 1229819 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GEOSPATIAL INFORMATION SCIENCE, WITH IT) KSH 244,800 17.802 26.403

Dr Daniel Wako Murende TVC Kuccps Courses, Fees, Requirements, Duration & Career Opportunities

Dr Daniel Wako Murende TVC Kuccps Courses, Fees, Requirements, Duration & Career Opportunities

DR. DANIEL WAKO MURENDE TECHNICAL & VOCATIONAL COLLEGE

PROGRAMMES ON OFFER FOR 2023/2024 CYCLE

# PROGRAMME CODE PROGRAMME NAME INSTITUTION TYPE YEAR 1 – PROGRAMME COST 2022 CUTOFF 2021 CUTOFF 2020 CUTOFF
1 4160552 DIPLOMA IN SOCIAL WORK & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KSH 67,189
2 4160555 DIPLOMA IN SALES & MARKETING KSH 67,189
3 4160556 DIPLOMA IN FOOD AND BEVERAGE KSH 67,189
4 4160557 DIPLOMA IN FASHION DESIGN & CLOTHING TECHNOLOGY KSH 67,189
5 4160706 DIPLOMA IN BUILDING AND CIVIL ENGINEERING KSH 67,189
6 4160722 DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURE KSH 67,189
7 4160746 DIPLOMA IN IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT KSH 67,189
8 4160752 CERTIFICATE IN AGRICULTURE KSH 67,189
9 4160755 DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT KSH 67,189
10 4160758 DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) KSH 67,189
11 4160774 CERTIFICATE IN BUILDING TECHNOLOGY KSH 67,189
12 4160798 CERTIFICATE IN INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) KSH 67,189
13 4160848 CERTIFICATE IN FASHION DESIGN AND GARMENT MAKING KSH 67,189
14 4160870 CERTIFICATE IN FOOD AND BEVERAGE KSH 67,189
15 4160876 DIPLOMA IN BUILDING TECHNOLOGY KSH 67,189
16 4160881 CRAFT IN FOOD PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY KSH 67,189
17 4160888 CRAFT IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT KSH 67,189
18 4160895 DIPLOMA IN WATER AND SANITATION ENGINEERING – OLD PROGRAMME KSH 67,189
19 4160901 DIPLOMA IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES KSH 67,189
20 4160935 CERTIFICATE IN PLUMBING KSH 67,189
21 4160937 CRAFT CERTIFICATE IN WATER AND SANITATION KSH 67,189
22 4160949 CRAFT IN SINGLE AND GROUP SECRETARIAL STUDIES KSH 67,189
23 4160956 CRAFT IN SOCIAL WORK AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KSH 67,189
24 4160957 CRAFT IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT KSH 67,189
25 4160A02 ARTISAN IN MASONRY KSH 67,189
26 4160A03 ARTISAN FASHION DESIGN AND GARMENT MAKING KSH 67,189
27 4160A67 ARTISAN IN PLUMBING KSH 67,189
28 4160A90 ARTISAN FOOD AND BEVERAGE KSH 67,189
29 4160C26 DIPLOMA IN WATER AND SANITATION ENGINEERING KSH 67,189

Nyandarua County NHIF Latest List of Approved Facilities/ Hospitals: Location, Contacts, Services, Hospital Type and Code

Nyandarua County NHIF Latest List of Approved Facilities/ Hospitals: Location, Contacts, Services, Hospital Type and Code

List of Government/ Public Hospitals

Hospital Code Category Hospital Name County Name Hospital Level
2229167 G J.M.KARIUKI(OL KALOU)DISTRICT HOSPITAL NYANDARUA 4
0018408 G WANJOHI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
00181171 G MANUNGA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291174 G NDARAGWA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22291175 G BAMBOO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291178 G NGANO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22291293 G KARANGATHA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291294 G HENI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291295 G NDEMI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
00181916 G URUKU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
00131867 G SUBUKU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
00131816 G KAHEMBE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
00181927 G LESHAU PONDO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
00181928 G SHAMATA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22292017 G NANDARASI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22292031 G SILIBWET HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22292026 G OLDMAWINGO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291971 G BAARI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291999 G KASUKU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22292039 G WERU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22291994 G KAIMBAGA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22291984 G GETABUSH HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
00182014 G MURUNGARU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22292019 G NGORIKA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22292082 G GETA FOREST DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22292067 G TURASHA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295862 G KAIMBAGA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22295863 G MUKINDU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295864 G KANJUIRI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295865 G RURII DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295866 G BEYOND ZERO CLINIC NYANDARUA 2
22295867 G  TARUSHA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295868 G KIAMBOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295869 G LERESHWA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295870 G GATONDO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295871 G GATIMU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22295872 G HUHO-INI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295873 G OLBOLOSAT DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295874 G CHAMUKA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295875 G MUNYAKA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295876 G RWANYAMBO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295877 G MUKUNGI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295878 G MUTARAKWA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295879 G GATHARA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295880 G MIKARO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295881 G KWAMBEKENYA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295882 G KITOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295883 G HARAKA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295884 G GITHABAI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295885 G KAHURU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295887 G SHAURI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22295888 G PESI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295889 G NDIVAI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295890 G KIRIMA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295891 G KIRIOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295892 G MBUYU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295893 G MASTOO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295895 G KAMIRURI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22206951 G KIMATHI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297913 G AMAZING GRACE M CLINIC NYANDARUA
22297914 G BEYOND ZERO NYANDARUA NYANDARUA
22297916 G KAMUCHEGE DISPENSARY (MIRANGINE) NYANDARUA 2
22297917 G CAPTAIN DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297918 G KENTON DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297920 G KIBURUTI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297921 G KIHUHO MILANGINE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297923 G KIRIOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297924 G KOINANGE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297925 G MIKEU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297927 G NDUNYU NJERU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297928 G NIST DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297929 G NYANDARUA PRISONS DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297931 G SHALOM DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297932 G TUMAINI NATIONAL YOUTH SERVICE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22298195 G MAINA AND MWANGI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3A
22298197 G MUMUI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22298644 G TUMAINI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
222915953 G KIANJOGU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915944 G MUNORU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915945 G CHARAGITA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915946 G KANGUU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915947 G KIHUHA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915948 G MAKARA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915949 G KARAMPTONI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915950 G MATURA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915951 G GATHIGIRA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
0018274 G ENGINEER DISTRICT HOSPITAL NYANDARUA 4
22291169 G NJABINI  HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291177 G MIRANGINE HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22295886 G SUBUKU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22295894 G KAHEMBE HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
77706289 G MUMUI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297915 G KAHURU DISPENSARY (NYANDARUA SOUTH) NYANDARUA 2
22297919 G KIAMBOGO DISPENSARY (NYANDARUA SOUTH) NYANDARUA 2
22297922 G KIRIMA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297926 G NDIVAI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297930 G OLD MAWINGU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
33015987 G BAR SURI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3A
333015988 G OMIA DIERE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2

List of Private Hospitals

Hospital Code Category Hospital Name County Name Hospital Level
22291987 P GLOBE MEDICAL CENTRE NYANDARUA 3B
22296355 P BLISS GVS HEALTHCARE LIMITED OL-KALAU NYANDARUA 2
222914550 P THE PINE HOSPITAL LIMITED NYANDARUA 4

List of Mission Hospitals

Hospital Code Category Hospital Name County Name Hospital Level
22291176 M FR BALDO CATHOLIC DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
2229181 M NORTH KINANGOP CATHOLIC HOSPITAL NYANDARUA 5
22291524 M OL-JOROOROK CATHOLIC DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2

List of All Hospitals

Hospital Code Category Hospital Name County Name Hospital Level
2229167 G J.M.KARIUKI(OL KALOU)DISTRICT HOSPITAL NYANDARUA 4
0018408 G WANJOHI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
00181171 G MANUNGA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291174 G NDARAGWA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22291175 G BAMBOO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291176 M FR BALDO CATHOLIC DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22291178 G NGANO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22291293 G KARANGATHA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291294 G HENI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291295 G NDEMI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
2229181 M NORTH KINANGOP CATHOLIC HOSPITAL NYANDARUA 5
00181916 G URUKU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
00131867 G SUBUKU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
00131816 G KAHEMBE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
00181927 G LESHAU PONDO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
00181928 G SHAMATA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291524 M OL-JOROOROK CATHOLIC DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22292017 G NANDARASI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22292031 G SILIBWET HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22292026 G OLDMAWINGO HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291987 P GLOBE MEDICAL CENTRE NYANDARUA 3B
22291971 G BAARI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291999 G KASUKU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22292039 G WERU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22291994 G KAIMBAGA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22291984 G GETABUSH HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
00182014 G MURUNGARU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22292019 G NGORIKA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22292082 G GETA FOREST DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22292067 G TURASHA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295862 G KAIMBAGA HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22295863 G MUKINDU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295864 G KANJUIRI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295865 G RURII DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295866 G BEYOND ZERO CLINIC NYANDARUA 2
22295867 G  TARUSHA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295868 G KIAMBOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295869 G LERESHWA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295870 G GATONDO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295871 G GATIMU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22295872 G HUHO-INI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295873 G OLBOLOSAT DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295874 G CHAMUKA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295875 G MUNYAKA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295876 G RWANYAMBO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295877 G MUKUNGI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295878 G MUTARAKWA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295879 G GATHARA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295880 G MIKARO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295881 G KWAMBEKENYA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295882 G KITOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295883 G HARAKA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295884 G GITHABAI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295885 G KAHURU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295887 G SHAURI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22295888 G PESI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295889 G NDIVAI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295890 G KIRIMA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295891 G KIRIOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295892 G MBUYU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295893 G MASTOO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22295895 G KAMIRURI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22206951 G KIMATHI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22296355 P BLISS GVS HEALTHCARE LIMITED OL-KALAU NYANDARUA 2
22297913 G AMAZING GRACE M CLINIC NYANDARUA
22297914 G BEYOND ZERO NYANDARUA NYANDARUA
22297916 G KAMUCHEGE DISPENSARY (MIRANGINE) NYANDARUA 2
22297917 G CAPTAIN DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297918 G KENTON DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297920 G KIBURUTI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297921 G KIHUHO MILANGINE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297923 G KIRIOGO DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297924 G KOINANGE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297925 G MIKEU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297927 G NDUNYU NJERU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297928 G NIST DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297929 G NYANDARUA PRISONS DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297931 G SHALOM DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297932 G TUMAINI NATIONAL YOUTH SERVICE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22298195 G MAINA AND MWANGI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3A
22298197 G MUMUI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22298644 G TUMAINI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
222914550 P THE PINE HOSPITAL LIMITED NYANDARUA 4
222915953 G KIANJOGU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915944 G MUNORU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915945 G CHARAGITA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915946 G KANGUU DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915947 G KIHUHA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915948 G MAKARA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915949 G KARAMPTONI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915950 G MATURA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
222915951 G GATHIGIRA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
0018274 G ENGINEER DISTRICT HOSPITAL NYANDARUA 4
22291169 G NJABINI  HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22291177 G MIRANGINE HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
22295886 G SUBUKU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
22295894 G KAHEMBE HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 2
77706289 G MUMUI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297915 G KAHURU DISPENSARY (NYANDARUA SOUTH) NYANDARUA 2
22297919 G KIAMBOGO DISPENSARY (NYANDARUA SOUTH) NYANDARUA 2
22297922 G KIRIMA DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297926 G NDIVAI DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2
22297930 G OLD MAWINGU HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3
33015987 G BAR SURI HEALTH CENTRE NYANDARUA 3A
333015988 G OMIA DIERE DISPENSARY NYANDARUA 2

Rangwe TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply

Rangwe Technical and Vocational College (TVC) is located in Kagan Ward, Rangwe Constituency, Homa Bay County, KenyaIt was opened in September 2018 for the admission of its pioneer students. The college is situated along the Kadel-Homabay road, approximately four kilometers from Kadel Centre Market. 

The institution is registered with the Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) Authority and is listed on the KUCCPS website. It is a government TVET institution under the Ministry of Education, State Department for Technical, Vocational Education and Training.

Rangwe Technical and Vocational College Contacts

To contact Rangwe Technical and Vocational College (TVC), you can use the following: phone number +254718035475 or email rangwetechnical@gmail.com. The college’s physical address is P.O. Box 396 – 40300, Homa Bay, Kenya.

Rangwe TVC Approved Diploma and Certificate Programs

Apply directly to the College for consideration in a number of Diploma and Certificate Courses offered at the TVC..

Rangwe Technical and Vocational College (Tvc) offers a wide range of courses in various fields, including technical, business, and vocational training. Some of the courses available include Agriculture, Automotive Engineering, Building and Construction, Electrical Engineering (Power option), Plumbing and Pipe Fitting, Food and Beverage, Social Work, ICT, Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy, Secretarial Studies, Welding and Fabrication, and Accounting and Finance. 
Here’s a more detailed breakdown:
Technical Courses:
  • General Agriculture
  • Electrical & Electronic Engineering (Power)
  • Building Construction Technology
  • Automotive Engineering
  • Plumbing and Pipe Fitting
  • Welding and Fabrication 
Business and Vocational Courses:
  • Food and Beverage
  • Social Work
  • ICT
  • Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy
  • Secretarial Studies
  • Accounting and Finance 
The college also offers Artisan, Craft, and Diploma level courses in these areas. 

Rangwe Technical and Vocational College Kuccps Approved Courses

The TVC offers the following Courses that are approved by the Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS):

  1. Diploma In Food And Beverage
  2. Diploma In Accounting & Finance
  3. Diploma In Automotive Engineering
  4. Diploma In Electrical & Electronic Engineering (Telecommunication Option)
  5. Diploma In General Agriculture
  6. Agriculture And Extension Technician Level 5
  7. Diploma In Information Communication Technology
  8. Certificate In Information Communication Technology
  9. Certificate In Computerized Secretarial Studies
  10. Certificate In Electrical And Electronic Engineering (Power Option)
  11. Certificate In Electrical And Electronic Engineering (Telecommunication)
  12. Automotive Technician Level 6
  13. Certificate In Electrical Installation(Tvet-Cdacc)
  14. Information Communication Technology (Ict) Level 6
  15. Certificate In Food And Beverage Production
  16. Certificate In Food And Beverage Production And Service
  17. Cfood And Beverage Production (Culinary Arts) Level 5
  18. Craft Certificate In General Agriculture
  19. Certificate In Hairdressing And Beauty Therapy (Cbet Level 5)
  20. Information Communication Technology (Ict) Level 5
  21. Automotive Engineering Level 6
  22. Diploma In Social Work And Community Development
  23. Diploma In Electrical & Electronic Engineering (Power Option)
  24. Plumbing Technician Level 5
  25. Certificate In Plumbing And Pipe Fitting
  26. Certificate In Social Work And Community Development
  27. Sustainable Agriculture For Rural Development Level 5
  28. Welding And Fabrication Level 5
  29. Manual Metal And Arc Welding Level 4
  30. Artisan In Electrical Installation
  31. Artisan In Masonry Level Four (Tvet-Cdacc)
  32. Food Production (Culinary Arts) Level 4
  33. Artisan In Plumbing
  34. Artisan In General Agriculture
  35. Automotive Artisan Level 4
  36. Artisan In Automotive Vehicle Mechanics
  37. Artisan Food And Beverage
  38. Agriculture Extension Level 4
  39. Diploma In Food And Beverage Production And Service
  40. Craft Certificate In Automotive Engineering
  41. Craft Certificate In Automotive Engineering Level Five(Tvet-Cdacc)
  42. Certificate In Building Construction Technology Level 5
  43. Plumbing Technician Level 4
  44. Information Communication Technology Technicial Level 5
  45. Food And Beverage Sales And Service Management Level 6
  46. Agriculture Extension Level 6
  47. Information Communication Technology Level 5
  48. Information Communication Technology Level 4
  49. Beauty Therapy Level 5
  50. Beauty Therapy Level 6
  51. Community Health Level 5
  52. Culinary Arts Level 6

Rangwe Technical and Vocational College (TVC) Fees Structure

Generally, Total fees per year is Kshs 67,189 · The Government gives a capitation of Kshs. 30,000 per year per trainee.

The fees covers the following Vote heads:

  • Tuition (Government New funding model): KShs.39,719
  • Personal emoluments: 10,500
  • Electricity, Water, and Conservancy(W.C): KShs.3,970
  • Local Transport and Travel.(T.T): KShs.4,200
  • Resource Management and Infrastructure (M.I): KShs.4,000
  • Activity: 4,800

Total: KShs.67,189

Other Applicable charges

  • Registration(Charged once on admission): 2,000
  • Student ID (Charged once on admission): 500
  • Student welfare(Annually): 900
  • Caution money(Charged once on admission): 1,000
  • Tveta fees(Charged once on admission): 500

Total: KShs.4,900

Grand Total: KShs.72,089.

Rangwe TVC Courses Duration.

TVC (Technical and Vocational College) courses vary in duration, depending on the specific course. Generally, Craft Certificates take 1-2 years, while Diplomas can range from 2-3 yearsSome short courses, like welding or baking, may be completed in a few weeks or months.

Examples of course durations:
  • Craft Certificate:
    • Building Technology: 1 year 6 months (Module I & II)
    • Carpentry & Joinery: 2 years
    • Plumbing: 3 months
    • Welding & Fabrication: 8 weeks
  • Diploma:
    • Building Construction Technology: 3 years
    • Human Resource Management: 3 years
    • General Agriculture: 3 years
    • Automotive Engineering: 3 years
  • Short Courses:
    • Welding/Fabrication: 12 weeks
    • MIG Welding: 8 weeks
    • TIG Welding: 8 weeks
    • Cake Baking and Decoration: 2 months

Factors affecting course duration:

  • Level of the course:Certificates are typically shorter than Diplomas.
  • Specific trade or field:Different trades may have varying durations.
  • College or institution:Some institutions may have slightly different program structures.
  • Intake schedule:Some courses have specific intake periods (e.g., January, May, September).

Check the specific Course fees details here:

Rangwe TVC online application

Applications and placement to the TVC are done through the Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS) Portal. To apply for placement through KUCCPS, you need to access the student’s portal on the KUCCPS website and log in using your KCSE index number, year of examination, and passwordOnce logged in, you can explore available programs and institutions, and then submit your preferred choices. Start your application by clicking on this Kuccps Student Portal Link.
You can also apply directly to the institution for admission.
 
The Minimum requirements are: C- for diplomas, D+ for craft certificates and E for artisan courses. But, different Courses may have more specific requirements.

Rangwe Technical and Vocational college admission requirements

To qualify for any course at Nyakach Technical Training Institute, you must first meet the requirements below;

  1. Be a Kenyan citizen and have either an Identification card or a birth certificate to prove this.
  2. You must have completed your KSCE and received your certificate.
  3. Have scored the required minimum grade as per the programme you are applying for.
  4. You need a mean grade of:
  • C– (minus) and above for diploma courses.
  • D (plain) and above for craft certificate courses
  • D – (minus) and below for artisan certificate courses

Rangwe TVC Kuccps application procedure

After confirming that you qualify for a course at the Technical Training Institute, the second step is to apply to the TVET College. There are two ways to apply to  Vocational and Training Institute; physically collect the application letter from the institution’s admission office. Apply through the Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS). As this is an online application, you must carefully follow the instructions given to ensure a successful application. The process is as given below;

  1. Log into kuccps.ac.ke.
  2. Click on the apply now tab and choose your preferred programme.
  3. Once a course is successfully selected, the website automatically redirects you to the student portal for KUCCPS.
  4. Click on the log-in prompt. You will be prompted to enter your KCSE index number, year of completion, and password as previously selected.
  5. On a successful log-in, click on institutions. Scroll through the list of available TVET colleges and select the TVC.
  6. The screen displays the college and all the courses on offer for that academic year.
  7. Click on the course you want to apply. A 7-character code appears; note this down.
  8. Click on the revision tab. Click on Apply now; it prompts you to enter the 7-character code you noted down. Enter the code and submit your application
  9. Finally, make the necessary application payments through your mode of choice from the provided list; preferably MPESA.
  10. In the KUCCPS online application, a successful submission must have the programme code, name/duration, and the institution’s name. If successfully considered, you will receive an admission letter via the portal that you download and use to get admission to the institution. Of course, you will also receive your admission results via SMS.

Rangwe Technical and Vocational College Admission Letter.

You can get the admission letter to the TTI by visiting the Kuccps Student Portal, Instituion’s Website and by paying a physical visit to the Tertiary institution. But, the best, quickest and most convenient application method is via the Kuccps portal.

All Technical Training Institute Diploma, Certificate and Artisan Courses Fees 

Download the free pdf documents below that have complete details of all TTI Courses and their Fees per year:

Career Opportunities for TVC Graduates

TVC graduates in Kenya have a wide range of career opportunities, primarily in technical and vocational fieldsThese include roles as trainers in TVET institutions, skilled workers in various industries like construction, manufacturing, and hospitality, and entrepreneurs who can leverage their skills to start their own businesses. 

The Career opportunities for Technical and Vocational Training Colleges’ Graduates include:

1. TVET Trainer/Lecturer:

  • Many TVET institutions are actively seeking qualified trainers to teach in various disciplines. 
  • Opportunities exist at both the certificate and diploma levels, requiring specific qualifications and often pedagogy training. 
  • Examples include positions at institutions like the Kenya School of TVET, The Eldoret National Polytechnic, and various other TVC institutions. 

2. Skilled Trades and Technical Roles:

  • Graduates can find employment in various industries that require technical skills, such as:
    • Construction: Building, plumbing, electrical installation, etc.
    • Manufacturing: Machine operation, fabrication, maintenance, etc.
    • Hospitality: Food and beverage service, catering, housekeeping, etc.
    • Agriculture: Agri-business, farm management, animal health, etc.
    • ICT: Hardware and software support, networking, web development, etc.
  • The demand for skilled workers in these sectors is constantly growing. 

3. Entrepreneurship:

  • TVC graduates can use their skills to start their own businesses. Examples include:
    • Fashion and design: Tailoring, dressmaking, fashion design.
    • Cosmetology: Hairdressing, beauty therapy, nail art.
    • Automotive: Mechanics, panel beating, auto electrical work.
    • Hospitality: Catering services, food vending, event planning.
  • The government encourages entrepreneurship through various initiatives and support programs. 

4. Other Job Opportunities:

  • Public Relations and Receptionist:

    TVETA, for example, has advertised for positions like Public Relations Assistant/Receptionist. 

  • Career Counseling and Guidance:

    Graduates with relevant experience can work in career guidance and counseling roles in institutions or with organizations like the Office of Career Services (OCS). 

  • Project Management:

    Some TVET institutions are also offering programs in project planning and management, which can lead to roles in project coordination and implementation. 

5. Specific Fields in Demand:

The following fields are highly on demand and are worthy considering:

  • Digital Skills:

    The rise of technology has increased demand for professionals in digital design, smart construction, and other related fields. 

  • Creative Industries:

    Skills in areas like journalism, interior design, fashion design, and media production are also in demand. 

  • Sustainable Practices:

    The growing focus on green and sustainable building practices opens up opportunities for professionals in these areas. 

6. Government Initiatives:

  • The Ministry of Education, State Department for TVET actively seeks to recruit qualified trainers and other staff. 
  • Various government agencies and institutions offer internship and training programs to support TVET graduates. 

TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL COLLEGE FEES STRUCTURE

The annual tuition fee for TVET courses at many Kenyan Technical and Vocational Colleges (TVCs) is Ksh 67,189This includes a government capitation of Ksh 30,000 per trainee, leaving a balance of Ksh 26,420 to be paid by the student, which can be paid in installments. Additionally, students may be eligible for a HELB loan of Ksh 40,000. Other potential costs include KUCCPS registration fees, industrial attachment fees, and examination fees. 

Table 1: TVC Fees Structure Per Year without Government Captitaion

TVC Fees Structure Per Year without Government Captitaion

Table 2: TVC Fees Structure Per Year with Government Captitaion

TVC Fees Structure Per Year.

Table 3: TVC Fees Structure Per Year with Government Captitaion

TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL COLLEGE FEES STRUCTURE

GOVERNMENT SCHOLARSHIP AND LOAN FOR TVC STUDENTS.

Following your placement, you are eligible for a Government scholarship, Loan and Bursary to assist with your educational expenses. If you need Government financial support, you MUST make an application for consideration through the official website www.hef.co.ke. In the case Government scholarship, Loan and bursary do not cover the entire cost of your program, the deficit will be met by your parent/guardian.

REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICATION FOR TVC FUNDING

1. A valid email address
2. Valid telephone number (must be registered in your name to apply for a loan)
3. KCPE and KCSE index numbers and year of examination
4. Passport size photo
5. Copy of your National ID (for loan application)
6. College/University admission letter
7. Your parents’ registered telephone number
8. Your parents’ national ID number
9. Death certificate if any of your parents is deceased.
10. Your birth certificate.
11. Two guarantors’ (Can be your parents) ID numbers and registered telephone

DETAILS ON ALL TTI/ TVC INSTITUTIONS.

Maasai Mara TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Lunga Lunga TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Loima TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Lodwar TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Limuru TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Likoni TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Lari TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Lang’ata TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Lamu East TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Laisamis TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Laikipia North TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kongoni TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kitutu Masaba TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Laikipia East TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kitutu Chache TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kitui East TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kisiwa TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Laikipia West TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kirinyaga Central TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kiptaragon TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kipsoen TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kipsinende TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kipkabus TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kipipiri TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kinangop TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kinango TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kiminini TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kimasian TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kilgoris TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kiharu TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kieni TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kibwezi TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kibra TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Khwisero TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Kerio Valley TVC Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location and How To Apply


Ziwa Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Wote Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Tseikuru Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Thika Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Sotik Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Sot Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


VTC Sikri Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Siala Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Shamberere Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Riragia Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Rift Valley Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


PC Kinyanjui Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Ol’lessos Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Nkabune Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Njoro Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Ngeria Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Narok West Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Nairobi Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Musakasa Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Murang’a Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mukurweini Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mukiria Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mitunguu Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Merti Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Matili Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mathenge Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Godoma TTI TTI KUCCPS Courses, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Career Opportunities


Mathenge TTI Admissions: Download Kuccps Admission Letters


Karen TTI Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Job Opportunities


Emining TTI KUCCPS Courses, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Career Opportunities


Gitwebe TTI KUCCPS Courses, Requirements, Fees, Duration and Career Opportunities


kARUMO TTI Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees, Duration & Job Opportunities


Kaelo TTI Kuccps Courses, Fees, Duration, Requirements, Application Form & Job Opportunities


Bumbe TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Chepalungu TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Bushiangala TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Gitwebe TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Godoma TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Bureti TTI Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Katine TTI Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees, Duration & Job Opportunities


Endebess TTI College Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Emurua Dikirr TTI College Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Ekerubo Gietai TTI College Latest Kuccps Course List, Requirements, Fees & Duration


Kuccps Final Course List for Ahmed Shahame Mwidani TTI; Course Codes, Fees, Requirements, Cluster Cut Off Points


Masai Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Mandera Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Koshin Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Konoin Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kitelakapel Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kiirua Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kigumo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Keroka Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Karumo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Karen Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kapchepkor Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Kaelo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Godoma Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Gitwebe Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Endebess Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Emurua Dikirr Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Emining Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Chepalungu Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bushiangala Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bureti Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bumbe Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Bondo Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Aldai Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


Ahmed Shahame Mwidani Technical Training Institute Courses, Contacts, Fees, Location


KMTC CAMPUSES.

Kitale KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kisumu KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kisii KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


KMTC list of all Campuses: Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kilifi KMTC Campus Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Karuri KMTC Campus Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Karen KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kaptumo KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kapenguria KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kapkatet KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kangundo KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Kakamega KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Kabarnet KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Iten KMTC Admission, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Isiolo KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Imenti KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Homabay KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Gatundu KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, and Contact Details


Garissa KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Embu KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Eldoret KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Chwele KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Chuka KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Chemolingot KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Busia KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Bungoma KMTC Admissions, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


Bondo KMTC Location, Admission, Courses, Fees Structure, Contact Details


Bomet KMTC Admissions, Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts


KMTC Nyeri Campus: Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts and Programs plus Requirements


KMTC Kapenguria Campus: Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts and Programs plus Requirements